6. 缘起分别巴利
6. Paṭiccasamuppādavibhaṅgo
经分别的略说分注释巴利
1. Suttantabhājanīyaṃ uddesavāravaṇṇanā
225 225. 现在,紧接着要解释缘起分别。经典里已经用“此无明缘行”这样的方式把内容安立好了,做这个义理解释的人,要进入分别论者的立场,不诽谤阿阇梨,不偏离自宗,不攀附他宗,不排斥经,随顺律,参照大引据,阐明法,摄持义,把同一个义理再转过来,用其他方式加以解说。因为义理解释本来就该这样做,而且缘起的义理解释本来就极其困难,正如古人所说:巴利
225. Idāni tadanantare paṭiccasamuppādavibhaṅge yā ‘‘ayaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’tiādinā nayena tanti nikkhittā, tassā atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ karontena vibhajjavādimaṇḍalaṃ otaritvā ācariye anabbhācikkhantena sakasamayaṃ avokkamantena parasamayaṃ anāyūhantena suttaṃ appaṭibāhantena vinayaṃ anulomentena mahāpadese olokentena dhammaṃ dīpentena atthaṃ saṅgahantena tamevatthaṃ puna āvattetvā aparehipi pariyāyehi niddisantena ca yasmā atthasaṃvaṇṇanā kātabbā hoti, pakatiyāpi ca dukkarāva paṭiccasamuppādassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanā, yathāhu porāṇā –
确实众生结生,以及缘起之相;
四种法难以见到,也极难宣说。巴利
‘‘Saccaṃ satto paṭisandhi, paccayākārameva ca; Duddasā caturo dhammā, desetuñca sudukkarā’’ti.
所以,仔细衡量过“除了已经达到教理与实践成就的人以外,要解释缘起的含义并不容易”之后——巴利
Tasmā ‘‘aññatra āgamādhigamappattehi na sukarā paṭiccasamuppādassa atthavaṇṇanā’’ti paritulayitvā –
我今天想讲解缘(条件)的方式,
我找不到可以站稳的地方,就像整个人沉进了大海里。
而此这个教法,是用种种不同的说法和理路装饰起来的;
前代导师的道路,也一直延续不断,流传至今。
因为这样,所以依止这两者,(我将开始)释义。
我要开始讲解这个,你们静下心来听。巴利
Vattukāmo ahaṃ ajja, paccayākāravaṇṇanaṃ; Patiṭṭhaṃ nādhigacchāmi, ajjhogāḷhova sāgaraṃ. Sāsanaṃ panidaṃ nānā-desanānayamaṇḍitaṃ; Pubbācariyamaggo ca, abbocchinno pavattati. Yasmā tasmā tadubhayaṃ, sannissāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ; Ārabhissāmi etassa, taṃ suṇātha samāhitā.
过去那些老师确实这样说过:巴利
Vuttañhetaṃ pubbācariyehi –
如果有人把这当作核心内容来听,
便能获得前后之殊胜。
得到前后相续的殊胜之后,
他将前往死王而不见。巴利
‘‘Yo kocimaṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā suṇeyya, Labhetha pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ; Laddhāna pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ, Adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche’’ti.
在“无明缘行”等当中,确实,首先一开始:巴利
Avijjāpaccayāsaṅkhārātiādīsu hi āditoyeva tāva –
从说法的差别,以及义的特征有种种类别等方面来看,
根据诸支的确定,应当了知其决断。巴利
Desanābhedato attha-lakkhaṇekavidhādito; Aṅgānañca vavatthānā, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
其中,“从说法的分类来看”:世尊对缘起的开示有四种方式,就像四个人去采藤蔓,有的从开头、有的从中间开始,一直到结尾;有的从结尾、有的从中间开始,一直到开头。打个比方,四个人去采藤蔓,其中一人先看到藤蔓的根,就从根处砍断,把整条藤蔓拉出来带走,拿去用。同样,世尊从开头一直讲到结尾来开示缘起:“比丘们,就是这样,无明缘行……生缘老死。”巴利
Tattha ‘desanābhedato’ti bhagavato hi vallihārakānaṃ catunnaṃ purisānaṃ valliggahaṇaṃ viya ādito vā majjhato vā paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānaṃ, tathā pariyosānato vā majjhato vā paṭṭhāya yāva ādīti catubbidhā paṭiccasamuppādadesanā. Yathā hi vallihārakesu catūsu purisesu eko valliyā mūlameva paṭhamaṃ passati, so taṃ mūle chetvā sabbaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā…pe… jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti ādito (ma. ni. 1.402) paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānāpi paṭiccasamuppādaṃ deseti.
就像那些人当中,有一个人先看到藤蔓的中间,他就从中间砍断,只把上半截拉下来拿走,拿去用;同样,世尊也是从中间开始,一直说到末尾:“对那受欢喜、赞叹、执著而住,就会生起喜;对受的喜,就是取;以取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生。”巴利
Yathā pana tesu purisesu eko valliyā majjhaṃ paṭhamaṃ passati, so majjhe chinditvā uparibhāgaṃyeva ākaḍḍhitvā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘tassa taṃ vedanaṃ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī; yā vedanāsu nandī, tadupādānaṃ, tassupādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.409; saṃ. ni. 3.5) majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānāpi deseti.
就像那些人当中,有一个人先看到藤蔓的顶端,他就抓住顶端,顺着顶端一路拉到根部,把整条藤蔓拉出来拿去用。同样,世尊从末端开始,一直说到起点,来开示缘起:“‘生缘老死’——这是说过的。比丘们,老死是以生为缘,还是不是?这里应该怎么理解呢?”“尊者,老死以生为缘;我们是这样理解的:生缘老死。”“有缘生……无明缘行”——这是说过的。比丘们,行是以无明为缘,还是不是?这里应该怎么理解呢?”“尊者,行以无明为缘;我们是这样理解的:无明缘行。”巴利
Yathā ca tesu purisesu eko valliyā aggaṃ paṭhamaṃ passati, so agge gahetvā aggānusārena yāva mūlā sabbaṃ ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, jātipaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ no vā kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Jātipaccayā, bhante, jarāmaraṇaṃ; evaṃ no ettha hoti – jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti. ‘‘Bhavapaccayā jāti…pe… avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, avijjāpaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā no vā kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā, bhante, saṅkhārā; evaṃ no ettha hoti – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti pariyosānato paṭṭhāya yāva āditopi paṭiccasamuppādaṃ deseti.
就像那些人当中,有一个人首先只看到藤蔓的中间,他从中间砍断,然后往下拉到根部,整条取下来拿去用。同样,世尊从中间开始,一直向下说到起点:“比丘们,这四种食以什么为因,以什么为集,以什么为生,以什么为源?这四种食以爱为因,以爱为集,以爱为生,以爱为源。比丘们,这爱又以什么为因?以受为因,以触为因,以六处为因,以名色为因,以识为因。行以什么为因?……行以无明为因,以无明为集,以无明为生,以无明为源。”巴利
Yathā pana tesu purisesu eko valliyā majjhameva paṭhamaṃ passati, so majjhe chinditvā heṭṭhā otaranto yāva mūlā ādāya kamme upaneti , evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘ime, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā kiṃ nidānā, kiṃ samudayā, kiṃ jātikā, kiṃ pabhavā? Ime cattāro āhārā taṇhānidānā, taṇhāsamudayā, taṇhājātikā, taṇhāpabhavā. Taṇhā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃ nidānā? Vedanā, phasso, saḷāyatanaṃ, nāmarūpaṃ, viññāṇaṃ. Saṅkhārā kiṃ nidānā…pe… saṅkhārā avijjānidānā, avijjāsamudayā, avijjājātikā, avijjāpabhavā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.11) majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva ādito deseti.
为什么这里要这样教导呢?因为缘起具有全面利益众生的性质,也因为世尊已经达到了说法善巧的境界。缘起确实具有全面利益众生的性质,因为它能从各个方面引导人通达真理。而世尊达到了说法善巧的境界,是因为他具备四无畏与无碍解的配合,以及达到四种甚深的境界。他因为达到了说法善巧的境界,所以用种种不同的方式来说法。特别是,他从开头开始顺着讲的教导,应当理解为:是为了那些对流转的因缘分别感到迷惑的应受调伏的众生,显示依各自的因缘而流转,以及显示生起的次第而说的。巴利
Kasmā panevaṃ desetīti? Paṭiccasamuppādassa samantabhaddakattā, sayañca desanāvilāsappattattā. Samantabhaddako hi paṭiccasamuppādo tato tato ñāyappaṭivedhāya saṃvattatiyeva. Desanāvilāsappatto ca bhagavā catuvesārajjappaṭisambhidāyogena catubbidhagambhīrabhāvappattiyā ca. So desanāvilāsappattattā nānānayeheva dhammaṃ deseti. Visesato panassa yā ādito paṭṭhāya anulomadesanā, sā pavattikāraṇavibhāgasammūḷhaṃ veneyyajanaṃ samanupassato yathāsakehi kāraṇehi pavattisandassanatthaṃ uppattikkamasandassanatthañca pavattitāti ñātabbā.
从末尾开始倒着讲的教说,是为了顺着之前修行阶段已证悟的次第,让那些观察陷入困苦的世间的人,看清自己所证得的老、死等苦各自的原因,就像经里说的“这个世间确实陷入了困苦:有生、有老、有死”那样。而从中间开始讲到开头的部分,则是顺着确定“食为因”这一理路,一直追溯到过去世,再从过去世起,展示因果前后的次第。从中间开始讲到末尾的部分,则是为了从现在世的未来因生起这一点出发,展示未来世的情况。在这些教说中,那一段从开头起顺着讲的教说,是为了让那些对流转的原因感到迷惑的应受教化众生,看到它们各自以什么原因而流转,并看到生起的顺序,应当知道,就是放在这里的这一段。巴利
Yā pariyosānato paṭṭhāya paṭilomadesanā, sā ‘‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati cā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.57) ādinā nayena kicchāpannaṃ lokamanuvilokayato pubbabhāgappaṭivedhānusārena tassa tassa jarāmaraṇādikassa dukkhassa attanādhigatakāraṇasandassanatthaṃ. Yā pana majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva ādi, sā āhāranidānavavatthāpanānusārena yāva atītaṃ addhānaṃ atiharitvā puna atītaddhato pabhuti hetuphalapaṭipāṭisandassanatthaṃ. Yā pana majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā pavattā, sā paccuppanne addhāne anāgataddhahetusamuṭṭhānato pabhuti anāgataddhasandassanatthaṃ. Tāsu yā sā pavattikāraṇasammūḷhassa veneyyajanassa yathāsakehi kāraṇehi pavattisandassanatthaṃ uppattikkamasandassanatthañca ādito paṭṭhāya anulomadesanā vuttā, sā idha nikkhittāti veditabbā.
那么,为什么这里把无明放在开头呢?难道无明像自然论者所说的“自然”那样,是世界的无因的根本因吗?并不是无因的。因为“以诸漏集起故,无明集起”这句话已经说明了无明的因。不过,确实有一种理路可以把它当作根本因。那是什么样的理路呢?就是它作为轮转说的开头。世尊在讲轮转说时,把两种法放在开头来讲——要么是无明,要么是有爱。就像经中所说:“诸比丘,无明的前际不可知:‘在此之前无明不存在,后来才生起。’诸比丘,虽然这样说,但仍然可以知道‘无明以此为缘’。”(增支部10.61)或者以有爱为例,如经中所说:“诸比丘,有爱的前际不可知:‘在此之前有爱不存在,后来才生起。’诸比丘,虽然这样说,但仍然可以知道‘有爱以此为缘’。”(增支部10.62)巴利
Kasmā panettha avijjā ādito vuttā? Kiṃ pakativādīnaṃ pakati viya avijjāpi akāraṇaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ lokassāti? Na akāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo’’ti hi avijjāya kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Atthi pana pariyāyo yena mūlakāraṇaṃ siyā. Ko pana soti? Vaṭṭakathāya sīsabhāvo. Bhagavā hi vaṭṭakathaṃ kathento dve dhamme sīsaṃ katvā kathesi – avijjaṃ vā bhavataṇhaṃ vā. Yathāha – ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya ‘ito pubbe avijjā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’ti. Evañcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca pana paññāyati ‘idappaccayā avijjā’’ti (a. ni. 10.61); bhavataṇhaṃ vā, yathāha – ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati bhavataṇhāya ‘ito pubbe bhavataṇhā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’ti. Evañcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca pana paññāyati ‘idappaccayā bhavataṇhā’’ti (a. ni. 10.62).
那么,世尊在讲说轮回的教说时,为什么只把这两种法放在开头来讲呢?因为它们分别是趣向善趣和趣向恶趣的业的特殊原因。趣向恶趣的业的特殊原因,就是无明。为什么呢?因为被无明制伏的凡夫,就像一头被火烤、被热沙棒打、被疲劳折磨的待宰母牛,由于被那种疲劳所苦,就会去喝那既没有滋味、又对自己有害的热水;同样,凡夫被烦恼的热恼所逼,就会去造作那既没有滋味、又堕入恶趣、又对自己有害的杀生等种种趣向恶趣的业。而趣向善趣的业的特殊原因,就是有爱。为什么呢?因为被有爱制伏的凡夫,就像前面说的那头母牛,由于渴望冷水,就会去喝那有滋味、又能消除自己疲劳的冷水;同样,凡夫因为远离了烦恼的热恼而有滋味,又因为能成就善趣而能消除自己堕入恶趣的苦劳,就会去造作那远离杀生等种种趣向善趣的业。巴利
Kasmā pana bhagavā vaṭṭakathaṃ kathento ime dveva dhamme sīsaṃ katvā kathesīti? Sugatiduggatigāmino kammassa visesahetubhūtattā. Duggatigāmino hi kammassa visesahetu avijjā. Kasmā? Yasmā avijjābhibhūto puthujjano, aggisantāpalaguḷābhighātaparissamābhibhūtā vajjhagāvī tāya parissamāturatāya nirassādampi attano anatthāvahampi ca uṇhodakapānaṃ viya, kilesasantāpato nirassādampi duggativinipātato ca attano anatthāvahampi pāṇātipātādimanekappakāraṃ duggatigāmikammaṃ ārabhati. Sugatigāmino pana kammassa visesahetu bhavataṇhā. Kasmā? Yasmā bhavataṇhābhibhūto puthujjano, yathā vuttappakārā gāvī sītudakataṇhāya saassādaṃ attano parissamavinodanañca sītudakapānaṃ viya, kilesasantāpavirahato saassādaṃ sugatisampāpanena attano duggatidukkhaparissamavinodanañca pāṇātipātāveramaṇīādimanekappakāraṃ sugatigāmikammaṃ ārabhati.
不过,在这些作为轮转说开头的法当中,世尊有时开示以单一法为根的教导,比如:“比丘们,像这样,无明是行的近因,行是识的近因”(相应部2.23)。同样地,“比丘们,对于可作为执取对象的各种法,如果住于随观乐味,渴爱就会增长;以渴爱为条件而有取”(相应部2.52)。有时也开示以两者为根的教导,比如:“比丘们,被无明遮蔽、与渴爱相应的愚人,这个身体就是这样形成的。如此,这个身体以及外在的名色,这里就是二者;依靠这二者而有触;由六处接触之后,愚人感受苦与乐”(相应部2.19)。在那些各种教导中,应当知道,这里说的“以无明为条件而有行”,就是依无明而说的以单一法为根的教导。这样,在这里首先应当依据教导的差别来了知这个判定。巴利
Etesu pana vaṭṭakathāya sīsabhūtesu dhammesu katthaci bhagavā ekadhammamūlikaṃ desanaṃ deseti, seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārūpanisaṃ viññāṇa’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.23). Tathā ‘‘upādānīyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.52). Katthaci ubhayamūlikampi, seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘avijjānīvaraṇassa, bhikkhave, bālassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evamayaṃ kāyo samudāgato. Iti ayañceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpaṃ itthetaṃ dvayaṃ, dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso, saḷevāyatanāni yehi phuṭṭho bālo sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.19). Tāsu tāsu desanāsu ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti ayamidha avijjāvasena ekadhammamūlikā desanāti veditabbā. Evaṃ tāvettha desanābhedato viññātabbo vinicchayo.
“从含义来说”:就是从含义上解释无明等词。比如,以“不应圆满”的含义,身恶行等被称为“不应得”,意思就是得不到。它得到了那个不应得的,所以叫无明。与此相反,身善行等被称为“应得”。它得不到那个应得的,所以叫无明。它让人不知道诸蕴的积聚义、诸处的处义、诸界的空义、诸谛的如实义、诸根的增上义,所以叫无明。它让人不知道以压迫等方式所说的四类四重之苦等含义,所以也叫无明。它让众生在无边的轮回中,奔走于一切生、趣、有、识住、有情居之中,所以叫无明。它在胜义上并不存在的女人、男人等上面奔走,却在真实存在的诸蕴等上面不奔走,所以叫无明。再者,因为它遮盖了眼识等的所依和所缘,以及缘起和缘已生之法,所以也叫无明。巴利
‘Atthato’ti avijjādīnaṃ padānaṃ atthato, seyyathidaṃ – pūretuṃ ayuttaṭṭhena kāyaduccaritādi avindiyaṃ nāma; aladdhabbanti attho. Taṃ avindiyaṃ vindatīti avijjā. Tabbiparītato kāyasucaritādi vindiyaṃ nāma. Taṃ vindiyaṃ na vindatīti avijjā. Khandhānaṃ rāsaṭṭhaṃ, āyatanānaṃ āyatanaṭṭhaṃ, dhātūnaṃ suññaṭṭhaṃ, saccānaṃ tathaṭṭhaṃ, indriyānaṃ ādhipateyyaṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ karotīti avijjā. Dukkhādīnaṃ pīḷanādivasena vuttaṃ catubbidhaṃ catubbidhaṃ atthaṃ aviditaṃ karotītipi avijjā. Antavirahite saṃsāre sabbayonigatibhavaviññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsesu satte javāpetīti avijjā. Paramatthato avijjamānesu itthipurisādīsu javati, vijjamānesupi khandhādīsu na javatīti avijjā. Apica cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ vatthārammaṇānaṃ paṭiccasamuppādapaṭiccasamuppannānañca dhammānaṃ chādanatopi avijjā.
凡是依靠它而果生起的,它就是缘。“依靠它”是说离不开它,意思是没有抛开它。“生起”是说既产生又持续运作。另外,有帮助的作用就是缘的作用。无明本身就是缘,所以叫无明缘。因此,以无明为缘。巴利
Yaṃ paṭicca phalameti so paccayo. Paṭiccāti na vinā tena; taṃ apaccakkhitvāti attho. Etīti uppajjati ceva pavattati cāti attho. Api ca upakārakaṭṭho paccayaṭṭho. Avijjā ca sā paccayo cāti avijjāpaccayo. Tasmā avijjāpaccayā.
造作有为法的,所以叫“行”。另外,行有两种:以无明为缘的行,以及“行”这个词所指的行。其中,福行、非福行、不动行这三种,加上身行、语行、心行这三种,这六种就是以无明为缘的行。它们全部只是世间的善或不善的思。巴利
Saṅkhatamabhisaṅkharontīti saṅkhārā. Apica avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārasaddena āgatasaṅkhārā cāti duvidhā saṅkhārā. Tattha puññāpuññāneñjābhisaṅkhārā tayo, kāyavacīcittasaṅkhārā tayoti ime cha avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā . Te sabbepi lokiyakusalākusalacetanāmattameva honti.
因缘造作行、被造作行、能造作行、勤勇造作行——这四种就是由“行”这个词所表达的行。其中,在“诸行确实无常”等语句里所说的一切有因有缘的法,就叫作“因缘造作行”。由业所生的三地色法和非色法,在注疏里被称为“被造作行”。这些也都被包含在“诸行确实无常”这句话里,不过它们单独出现的地方并不明显。而三地的善与不善的思,则被称为“能造作行”。它在“比丘们,这个被无明笼罩的人,如果造作福行”等语句中出现的地方是明显的。至于身与心的精进力,则被称为“勤勇造作行”。它在“造作之行能走多远,走到那里之后,就像被斧头劈中一样停住了”等语句中出现。巴利
Saṅkhatasaṅkhāro, abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhāro, abhisaṅkharaṇasaṅkhāro, payogābhisaṅkhāroti ime pana cattāro saṅkhārasaddena āgatasaṅkhārā. Tattha ‘‘aniccā vata saṅkhārā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.221, 272; saṃ. ni. 1.186; 2.143) vuttā sabbepi sappaccayā dhammā ‘saṅkhatasaṅkhārā’ nāma. Kammanibbattā tebhūmakā rūpārūpadhammā ‘abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhārā’ti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttā. Tepi ‘‘aniccā vata saṅkhārā’’ti ettheva saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Visuṃ pana nesaṃ āgataṭṭhānaṃ na paññāyati. Tebhūmakakusalākusalacetanā pana ‘abhisaṅkharaṇakasaṅkhāro’ti vuccati. Tassa ‘‘avijjāgatoyaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo puññañce abhisaṅkharotī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.51) āgataṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati. Kāyikacetasikaṃ pana vīriyaṃ ‘payogābhisaṅkhāro’ti vuccati. So ‘‘yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati, tāvatikaṃ gantvā akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.15) āgato.
不只是这些,还有其他许多以“行”这个词出现的情况,比如“贤友毗舍佉,当比丘进入想受灭定时,首先语行灭,然后身行灭,然后心行灭”(中部1.464)这样的经文方式。在这些行当中,没有哪一种行不被包含在因缘所造行里。从这里往后,在“以行为缘而有识”等语句中所说的行,也应当按前面已说的方法来理解。巴利
Na kevalañca eteyeva, aññepi ‘‘saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno paṭhamaṃ nirujjhati vacīsaṅkhāro, tato kāyasaṅkhāro, tato cittasaṅkhāro’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.464) nayena saṅkhārasaddena āgatā anekasaṅkhārā. Tesu natthi so saṅkhāro, yo saṅkhatasaṅkhāre saṅgahaṃ na gaccheyya. Ito paraṃ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇantiādīsu yaṃ vuttaṃ taṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
对于没有解释的词,则要知道:能了知,所以叫识。倾向,所以叫名。会变坏,所以叫色。能延展、又能导向延展,所以叫处。接触,所以叫触。感受,所以叫受。渴求,所以叫渴爱。执取,所以叫取。存在,并且使存在增长,所以叫有。出生就是生。衰败就是老。以此而死,就是死。忧伤就是忧。悲泣就是悲。令苦,所以叫苦;或者,从生起与住立两方面来说,以两种方式摧破,所以叫苦。心不快乐的状态就是忧。极度疲惫就是恼。巴利
Avutte pana vijānātīti viññāṇaṃ. Namatīti nāmaṃ. Ruppatīti rūpaṃ. Āye tanoti, āyatañca nayatīti āyatanaṃ. Phusatīti phasso. Vedayatīti vedanā. Paritassatīti taṇhā. Upādiyatīti upādānaṃ. Bhavati bhāvayati cāti bhavo. Jananaṃ jāti. Jīraṇaṃ jarā. Maranti etenāti maraṇaṃ. Socanaṃ soko. Paridevanaṃ paridevo. Dukkhayatīti dukkhaṃ; uppādaṭṭhitivasena vā dvedhā khaṇatīti dukkhaṃ. Dummanassa bhāvo domanassaṃ. Bhuso āyāso upāyāso.
“生起”就是产生。而且不只是忧等这些,应当把“生起”这个词跟每一个词都搭配起来理解。否则,当说到“以无明为缘,有行”时,就看不出来它们到底在做什么。但如果配上“生起”来理解,就确立了缘与缘所生法的关系:“无明本身就是缘,所以叫无明缘;因此以无明为缘,诸行生起。”这个道理适用于一切地方。巴利
Sambhavantīti nibbattanti. Na kevalañca sokādīheva, atha kho sabbapadehi ‘sambhavantī’ti saddassa yojanā kātabbā. Itarathā hi ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti vutte kiṃ karontīti na paññāyeyyuṃ. ‘‘Sambhavantī’’ti pana yojanāya sati ‘‘avijjā ca sā paccayo cāti avijjāpaccayo; tasmā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā sambhavantī’’ti paccayapaccayuppannavavatthānaṃ kataṃ hoti. Esa nayo sabbattha.
“如是”是指已经说明的方法示范。借此表明:只是以无明等作为原因,而不是以大自在天创造等作为原因。“此的”指前面所说的。“单纯的”指没有混杂的,或者指全部的。“苦蕴”指苦的聚集,不是指众生,也不是指乐、净等。“集”就是生起。“有”就是产生。在这里,应当从义理上这样了知这个判定。巴利
Evanti niddiṭṭhanayanidassanaṃ. Tena avijjādīheva kāraṇehi, na issaranimmānādīhīti dasseti. Etassāti yathāvuttassa. Kevalassāti asammissassa sakalassa vā. Dukkhakkhandhassāti dukkhasamūhassa, na sattassa, na sukhasubhādīnaṃ. Samudayoti nibbatti. Hotīti sambhavati. Evamettha atthato viññātabbo vinicchayo.
从特相等来说,也就是从无明等的特相等来说。具体如下:无明以无知为特相,以迷惑为作用,以遮蔽为现起,以漏为近因。行以造作为特相,以累积为作用,以思为现起,以无明为近因。识以了知为特相,以先行引导为作用,以结生为现起,以行为近因,或者以所依和所缘为近因。名以倾向为特相,以相应为作用,以不可分离为现起,以识为近因。色以变坏为特相,以离散为作用,以无记为现起,以识为近因。六处以增长门为特相,以见等为作用,以所依和门的体性为现起,以名色为近因。触以触为特相,以撞击为作用,以合会为现起,以六处为近因。受以领纳为特相,以享用境味为作用,以乐与苦为现起,以触为近因。渴爱以因为特相,以欢喜为作用,以不满足的状态为现起,以受为近因。取以执取为特相,以不释放为作用,以渴爱的坚固和邪见为现起,以渴爱为近因。有以业与业果为特相,以令存在与存在为作用,以善、不善、无记为现起,以取为近因。生等的特相等,应依照谛分别中所说的方法来了解。在这里,也应从特相等如此了知抉择。巴利
‘Lakkhaṇādito’ti avijjādīnaṃ lakkhaṇādito, seyyathidaṃ – aññāṇalakkhaṇā avijjā, sammohanarasā, chādanapaccupaṭṭhānā, āsavapadaṭṭhānā. Abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇā saṅkhārā, āyūhanarasā, cetanāpaccupaṭṭhānā, avijjāpadaṭṭhānā. Vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ, pubbaṅgamarasaṃ, paṭisandhipaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, saṅkhārapadaṭṭhānaṃ, vatthārammaṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Namanalakkhaṇaṃ nāmaṃ, sampayogarasaṃ, avinibbhogapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, viññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ rūpaṃ, vikiraṇarasaṃ, abyākatapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, viññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Āyatanalakkhaṇaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ, dassanādirasaṃ, vatthudvārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ , nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Phusanalakkhaṇo phasso, saṅghaṭṭanaraso, saṅgatipaccupaṭṭhāno, saḷāyatanapadaṭṭhāno. Anubhavanalakkhaṇā vedanā, visayarasasambhogarasā, sukhadukkhapaccupaṭṭhānā, phassapadaṭṭhānā. Hetulakkhaṇā taṇhā, abhinandanarasā, atittibhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, vedanāpadaṭṭhānā. Gahaṇalakkhaṇaṃ upādānaṃ, amuñcanarasaṃ, taṇhādaḷhattadiṭṭhipaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, taṇhāpadaṭṭhānaṃ. Kammakammaphalalakkhaṇo bhavo, bhāvanabhavanaraso, kusalākusalābyākatapaccupaṭṭhāno, upādānapadaṭṭhāno. Jātiādīnaṃ lakkhaṇādīni saccavibhaṅge vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Evamettha lakkhaṇāditopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
关于“从一种等”这句话:在这里,无明因为具有无知、不见、愚痴等状态,所以是一种;因为有不实行和邪实行,所以是两种;同样地,无明也因为有无行和有行,所以是两种;因为与三种受相应,所以是三种;因为不通达四谛,所以是四种;因为遮蔽五趣的过患,所以是五种;不过,就门和所缘来说,应当知道一切非色法都有六种。巴利
‘Ekavidhādito’ti ettha avijjā aññāṇādassanamohādibhāvato ekavidhā, appaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattito duvidhā tathā saṅkhārāsaṅkhārato, vedanāttayasampayogato tividhā, catusaccaappaṭivedhato catubbidhā, gatipañcakādīnavacchādanato pañcavidhā, dvārārammaṇato pana sabbesupi arūpadhammesu chabbidhatā veditabbā.
行有多种分类方式:从有漏、异熟法性等状态来看,是一种;从善与不善来看,是两种;同样,从小、大、劣、中以及邪定、不定来看,也是两种;从福行等的体性来看,是三种;从能导致投生四生来看,是四种;从能趣向五趣来看,是五种。巴利
Saṅkhārā sāsavavipākadhammadhammādibhāvato ekavidhā, kusalākusalato duvidhā tathā parittamahaggatahīnamajjhimamicchattaniyatāniyatato, tividhā puññābhisaṅkhārādibhāvato, catubbidhā catuyonisaṃvattanato, pañcavidhā pañcagatigāmito.
识,从世间异熟等状态来说,是一种;从有因、无因等来说,是两种;从包含在三有之中、与三受相应,以及从无因、二因、三因来说,是三种;从生类和趣来说,是四种和五种。巴利
Viññāṇaṃ lokiyavipākādibhāvato ekavidhaṃ, sahetukāhetukādito duvidhaṃ, bhavattayapariyāpannato vedanāttayasampayogato ahetukaduhetukatihetukato ca tividhaṃ, yonigativasena catubbidhaṃ pañcavidhañca.
名色依识而住、依业为缘,算作一种;从有对象和无对象来看,分两种;从过去等来看,分三种;按生类和趣来分,有四种和五种。巴利
Nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasannissayato kammapaccayato ca ekavidhaṃ, sārammaṇānārammaṇato duvidhaṃ, atītādito tividhaṃ, yonigativasena catubbidhaṃ pañcavidhañca.
六处,从生起与和合之处来说是一类;从净色与识等来说有两类;从具足、不具足以及二者之境来说有三类;从胎、趣所摄来说有四类和五类。按照这个方法,触等也应知道有一类等的区分。这样,在这里也应通过一类等来了知抉择。巴利
Saḷāyatanaṃ sañjātisamosaraṇaṭṭhānato ekavidhaṃ, bhūtappasādaviññāṇādito duvidhaṃ, sampattāsampattanobhayagocarato tividhaṃ, yonigatipariyāpannato catubbidhaṃ pañcavidhañcāti iminā nayena phassādīnampi ekavidhādibhāvo veditabboti. Evamettha ekavidhāditopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
“诸支的确定”这里所说的忧等,是为了显示有轮没有间断。因为被老死逼迫的愚人,那些忧等就会生起。正如所说:“诸比丘,无闻凡夫被身体的苦受所触时,忧愁、疲累、悲叹、捶胸、号哭,陷入迷乱。”只要那些忧等还在持续运转,无明就还在,于是又成为“无明缘行”的连结,也就是有轮。因此,那些忧等也和老死一起总摄为一,应当知道就是十二缘起支。这样,在这里也应当从诸支的确定来了知抉择。以上是这里依略说分所作的简要论说。巴利
‘Aṅgānañcavavatthānā’ti sokādayo cettha bhavacakkassa avicchedadassanatthaṃ vuttā. Jarāmaraṇabbhāhatassa hi bālassa te sambhavanti. Yathāha – ‘‘assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohamāpajjatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.252). Yāva ca tesaṃ pavatti tāva avijjāyāti punapi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti sambandhameva hoti bhavacakkaṃ. Tasmā tesampi jarāmaraṇeneva ekasaṅkhepaṃ katvā dvādaseva paṭiccasamuppādaṅgānīti veditabbāni. Evamettha aṅgānaṃ vavatthānatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo. Ayaṃ tāvettha uddesavāravasena saṅkhepakathā.
无明句的解说巴利
Avijjāpadaniddeso
226 226. 现在按照详说部分的顺序来做详细解说。因为已经说过“无明缘行”。在这里,当要显示以无明为缘的诸行时,就像要讲儿子,得先讲父亲。这样一来,说“某人的儿子、某人的儿子”时,儿子就能被清楚地说明。所以,通达教法的导师,为了先说明以能生起诸行的作用而像父亲一样的无明,就说:“其中,什么是无明?于苦无知……”等等。巴利
226. Idāni niddesavāravasena vitthārakathā hoti. ‘‘Avijjā paccayā saṅkhārā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Tattha avijjāpaccayesu saṅkhāresu dassetabbesu yasmā putte kathetabbe paṭhamaṃ pitā kathīyati. Evañhi sati ‘mittassa putto, dattassa putto’ti putto sukathito hoti. Tasmā desanākusalo satthā saṅkhārānaṃ janakatthena pitusadisaṃ avijjaṃ tāva dassetuṃ tattha katamā avijjā? Dukkhe aññāṇantiādimāha.
在这里,因为这种无明不让人如实了知、照见、通达苦谛的真实本质与特相,而是把它覆盖、缠裹、系缚起来,所以称为“于苦无知”。同样,因为不让人如实了知、照见、通达苦集、苦灭、趣向苦灭之道的真实本质与特相,而是把它覆盖、缠裹、系缚起来,所以称为“于趣向苦灭之道无知”。在这四种事中,依经教的方式,无知就称为无明。巴利
Tattha yasmā ayaṃ avijjā dukkhasaccassa yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ jānituṃ passituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na deti, chādetvā pariyonandhitvā ganthetvā tiṭṭhati, tasmā ‘‘dukkhe aññāṇa’’nti vuccati. Tathā yasmā dukkhasamudayassa dukkhanirodhassa dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ jānituṃ passituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na deti, chādetvā pariyonandhitvā ganthetvā tiṭṭhati, tasmā dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇanti vuccati. Imesu catūsu ṭhānesu suttantikapariyāyena aññāṇaṃ avijjāti kathitaṃ.
在《分别品》(《法集论》1067段)里,按照阿毗达摩的讲法,除了“于前际无知”之外,其余四处也都被归入无知。其中,“前际”指过去的时间,也就是过去的蕴、界、处。“后际”指未来的时间,也就是未来的蕴、界、处。“前后际”指这两者。“此缘性”指诸行的因,也就是无明等支。“缘已生法”指由无明等产生的行等诸法。在这里,因为这种无明不让人如实了知、照见、通达过去蕴等的真实本质与特相,而是覆盖、缠裹、系缚地存在着,所以称为“于前际无知”。同样,因为它不让人如实了知、照见、通达未来蕴等、过去未来蕴等、此缘性以及缘已生法的真实本质与特相,而是覆盖、缠裹、系缚地存在着,所以称为于此缘性和缘已生法无知。在这八种事处中,按照阿毗达摩的讲法,无知就称为无明。巴利
Nikkhepakaṇḍe (dha. sa. 1067) pana abhidhammapariyāyena ‘‘pubbante aññāṇa’’nti aparesupi catūsu ṭhānesu aññāṇaṃ gahitaṃ. Tattha pubbanteti atīto addhā, atītāni khandhadhātuāyatanāni. Aparanteti anāgato addhā, anāgatāni khandhadhātuāyatanāni. Pubbantāparanteti tadubhayaṃ. Idappaccayatāti saṅkhārādīnaṃ kāraṇāni avijjādīni aṅgāni. Paṭiccasamuppannadhammāti avijjādīhi nibbattā saṅkhārādayo dhammā. Tatrāyaṃ avijjā yasmā atītānaṃ khandhādīnaṃ yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ jānituṃ passituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na deti, chādetvā pariyonandhitvā ganthetvā tiṭṭhati, tasmā ‘‘pubbante aññāṇa’’nti vuccati. Tathā yasmā anāgatānaṃ khandhādīnaṃ, atītānāgatānaṃ khandhādīnaṃ idappaccayatāya ceva paṭiccasamuppannadhammānañca yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ jānituṃ passituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na deti, chādetvā pariyonandhitvā ganthetvā tiṭṭhati, tasmā idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇanti vuccati. Imesu aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu abhidhammapariyāyena aññāṇaṃ avijjāti kathitaṃ.
这样说到底说明了什么?从作用和生起两方面,都说明了无明。怎么说明的呢?因为这种无明不让人去了知、照见、通达这八种事处,所以是从作用方面说明的;它生起时,也正是在这八种事处中生起,所以也是从生起方面说明的。这样说明之后,又举出“凡是像这样的无知、不见……”等二十五个词,用来显示无明的特征。巴利
Evaṃ kiṃ kathitaṃ hoti? Kiccato ceva jātito ca avijjā kathitā nāma hoti. Kathaṃ ? Ayañhi avijjā imāni aṭṭha ṭhānāni jānituṃ passituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na detīti kiccato kathitā; uppajjamānāpi imesu aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu uppajjatīti jātitopi kathitā. Evaṃ kathetvā puna ‘‘yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassana’’ntiādīni pañcavīsati padāni avijjāya lakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ gahitāni.
在这里,这个无明虽然已经用八个词句来说明,但如果再不用二十五个词句来解释它的特征,就还不能算是说清楚了;只有把特征解释清楚,才算是说清楚了。就像一个人去找丢失的牛,问别人:“各位尊者,你们看见白牛了吗?看见红牛了吗?”他们可能会这样说:“这个国家里白牛红牛多得是,你的牛有什么特征?”这时他如果说“有僧伽梨”或者“有犁”,那牛才算是被说清楚了。同样,这个无明虽然已经用八个词句来说明,但如果再不用二十五个词句来解释它的特征,就还不能算是说清楚了;只有把特征解释清楚,才算是说清楚了。所以,为了显示它的特征而说的那二十五个词句,也应当依据它们来理解。巴利
Tattha yasmā ayaṃ avijjā imehi aṭṭhahi padehi kathitāpi puna pañcavīsatiyā padehi lakkhaṇe akathite sukathitā nāma na hoti, lakkhaṇe pana kathiteyeva sukathitā nāma hoti. Yathā puriso naṭṭhaṃ goṇaṃ pariyesamāno manusse puccheyya – ‘‘api, ayyā, setaṃ goṇaṃ passatha, rattaṃ goṇaṃ passathā’’ti? Te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘imasmiṃ raṭṭhe setarattānaṃ goṇānaṃ anto natthi, kiṃ te goṇassa lakkhaṇa’’nti? Atha tena ‘saṅghāṭi’ vā ‘naṅgalaṃ’ vāti vutte goṇo sukathito nāma bhaveyya; evameva yasmā ayaṃ avijjā aṭṭhahi padehi kathitāpi puna pañcavīsatiyā padehi lakkhaṇe akathite sukathitā nāma na hoti, lakkhaṇe pana kathiteyeva sukathitā nāma hoti. Tasmā yānassā lakkhaṇadassanatthaṃ pañcavīsati padāni kathitāni, tesampi vasena veditabbā.
比如,所谓“智”就是慧。它让义理、因果和四圣谛法被了知、被显明。但无明一旦生起,就不让它被了知、被显明,所以从与智对立的角度说,它是“无知”。慧也叫“见”,因为它看见那种行相。但无明一旦生起,就不让它看见,所以是“无见”。慧也叫“现观”,因为它现观那种行相。但无明一旦生起,就不让它现观,所以是“无现观”。慧也叫“随觉”“正觉”“通达”,因为它随觉、正觉、通达那种行相。但无明一旦生起,就不让它随觉、正觉、通达,所以是“无随觉”“无正觉”“无通达”。慧也叫“总持”,因为它执取那种行相,研磨之后加以把握。但无明一旦生起,就不让它执取、研磨之后加以把握,所以是“无总持”。慧也叫“深入”,因为它深入那种行相,进入其中而加以把握。但无明一旦生起,就不让它深入、进入其中而加以把握,所以是“无深入”。慧也叫“平等观察”,因为它平等而正确地观察那种行相。但无明一旦生起,就不让它平等而正确地观察,所以是“无平等观察”。慧也叫“审察”,因为它审察那种行相。但无明一旦生起,就不让它审察,所以是“无审察”。它没有任何业是现前可见的,而且自己未经审察就造了业,所以是“无现前业”。因为愚钝的状态,所以是“愚钝”。因为愚痴的状态,所以是“愚痴”。巴利
Seyyathidaṃ – ñāṇaṃ nāma paññā. Sā atthatthaṃ kāraṇakāraṇaṃ catusaccadhammaṃ viditaṃ pākaṭaṃ karoti. Ayaṃ pana avijjā uppajjitvā taṃ viditaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ na detīti ñāṇapaccanīkato aññāṇaṃ. Dassanantipi paññā. Sāpi taṃ ākāraṃ passati. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ passituṃ na detīti adassanaṃ. Abhisamayotipi paññā. Sā taṃ ākāraṃ abhisameti. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ abhisametuṃ na detīti anabhisamayo. Anubodho sambodho paṭivedhotipi paññā. Sā taṃ ākāraṃ anubujjhati sambujjhati paṭivijjhati. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ anubujjhituṃ saṃbujjhituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na detīti ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho. Saṅgāhanātipi paññā. Sā taṃ ākāraṃ gahetvā ghaṃsitvā gaṇhāti. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ gahetvā ghaṃsitvā gaṇhituṃ na detīti asaṅgāhanā. Pariyogāhanātipi paññā. Sā taṃ ākāraṃ ogāhitvā anupavisitvā gaṇhāti. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ ogāhitvā anupavisitvā gaṇhituṃ na detīti apariyogāhanā. Samapekkhanātipi paññā . Sā taṃ ākāraṃ samaṃ sammā ca pekkhati. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ samaṃ sammā ca pekkhituṃ na detīti asamapekkhanā. Paccavekkhaṇātipi paññā. Sā taṃ ākāraṃ paccavekkhati. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ paccavekkhituṃ na detīti apaccavekkhaṇā. Nāssā kiñci kammaṃ paccakkhaṃ atthi, sayañca apaccavekkhitvā kataṃ kammanti apaccakkhakammaṃ. Dummedhabhāvatāya dummejjhaṃ. Bālabhāvatāya bālyaṃ.
正知也是慧。它能正确地了知义理、因果和四圣谛法。但无明一旦生起,就不让它以那种方式去了知,所以叫“无正知”。以迷惑为作用,叫“迷惑”;以极度迷惑为作用,叫“极度迷惑”;以完全迷惑为作用,叫“完全迷惑”。以“感知不该感知的”等方式,叫“无明”。在轮回中让人沉没、下陷,叫“无明暴流”。在轮回中把人系缚住,叫“无明轭”。因为未被断除而反复生起,叫“无明随眠”。就像埋伏在路上的盗贼对旅人那样,它缠住、抓住、掠夺善心,叫“无明缠”。好比城门处那根叫门闩的横木一落下来,城里的人出不去,城外的人也进不来;同样,如果这东西落在有身见的城邑里,通往涅槃的智慧之路就被阻断,所以叫“无明闩”。它是不善,也是根;或者说是不善的根,所以叫“不善根”。而这个不善根不是别的,就是这里所说的“痴”,所以痴是不善根。这就叫无明——具备这样特征的,就叫做无明。应当这样从二十五个方面来了知无明的特征。巴利
Sampajaññantipi paññā. Sā atthatthaṃ kāraṇakāraṇaṃ catusaccadhammaṃ sammā pajānāti. Avijjā pana uppajjitvā taṃ ākāraṃ pajānituṃ na detīti asampajaññaṃ. Mohanavasena moho. Pamohanavasena pamoho. Sammohanavasena sammoho. Avindiyaṃ vindatītiādivasena avijjā. Vaṭṭasmiṃ ohanati osīdāpetīti avijjogho. Vaṭṭasmiṃ yojetīti avijjāyogo. Appahīnavasena punappunaṃ uppajjanato ca avijjānusayo. Magge pariyuṭṭhitacorā addhike viya kusalacittaṃ pariyuṭṭhāti gaṇhāti vilumpatīti avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ. Yathā nagaradvāre palighasaṅkhātāya laṅgiyā patitāya antonagare manussānaṃ bahinagaragamanampi bahinagare manussānaṃ antonagarapavesanampi pacchijjati, evameva yassa sakkāyanagare ayaṃ patitā tassa nibbānasampāpakaṃ ñāṇagamanaṃ pacchijjatīti avijjālaṅgī nāma hoti. Akusalañca taṃ mūlañca, akusalānaṃ vā mūlanti akusalamūlaṃ. Taṃ pana na aññaṃ, idhādhippeto mohoti moho akusalamūlaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati avijjāti ayaṃ evaṃlakkhaṇā avijjā nāmāti vuccati. Evaṃ pañcavīsatipadavasena avijjāya lakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
无明有这样的特征,虽然也被说成是对苦等的无知,但它是苦谛的一部分,与苦谛俱生,以苦谛为所缘,并且遮盖苦谛。对集谛来说,它不是集谛的一部分,但与集谛俱生,以集谛为所缘,并且遮盖集谛。对灭谛来说,它既不是灭谛的一部分,也不与灭谛俱生,不以灭谛为所缘,只是遮盖灭谛。对道谛来说,它也不是道谛的一部分,不与道谛俱生,不以道谛为所缘,只是遮盖道谛。以苦为所缘时,无明会生起,并且遮盖那个苦;以集为所缘时,无明会生起,并且遮盖那个集;以灭为所缘时,无明不会生起,但仍然遮盖那个灭;以道为所缘时,无明不会生起,但仍然遮盖那个道。巴利
Evaṃlakkhaṇā panāyaṃ avijjā dukkhādīsu aññāṇanti vuttāpi dukkhasaccassa ekadeso hoti, sahajātā hoti, taṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, chādeti; samudayasaccassa na ekadeso hoti, sahajātā hoti, taṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, chādeti; nirodhasaccassa neva ekadeso hoti, na sahajātā, na taṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, kevalaṃ chādeti; maggasaccassāpi na ekadeso, na sahajātā, na taṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, kevalaṃ chādeti. Dukkhārammaṇatā avijjā uppajjati, tañca chādeti. Samudayārammaṇatā avijjā uppajjati, tañca chādeti. Nirodhārammaṇatā avijjā nuppajjati, tañca chādeti. Maggārammaṇatā avijjā nūppajjati, tañca chādeti.
四谛当中,有两谛因为难以看清而显得甚深,另有两谛因为甚深而难以看清。而且,苦灭圣谛既是甚深,也是难以看清。在这里,苦谛本身其实是明显的,但因为它的特相难以看清,所以就说它是甚深;集谛也是同样的道理。就像搅拌整个大海想取出其中的精华,那是多么困难;从须弥山脚下把沙子搬出来,那是多么困难;把整座山压碎想榨出汁液,那是多么困难。同样,那两谛正是因为甚深才难以看清,而灭谛则是极其甚深、极其难以看清。就这样,对于这四圣谛——有些是因为难以看清而甚深,有些是因为甚深而难以看清——那覆盖住它们的愚痴黑暗,就叫做无明。巴利
Dve saccā duddasattā gambhīrā. Dve saccā gambhīrattā duddasā. Apica kho pana dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ gambhīrañceva duddasañca. Tattha dukkhaṃ nāma pākaṭaṃ, lakkhaṇassa pana duddasattā gambhīraṃ nāma jātaṃ. Samudayepi eseva nayo. Yathā pana mahāsamuddaṃ manthetvā ojāya nīharaṇaṃ nāma bhāro, sinerupādato vālikāya uddharaṇaṃ nāma bhāro, pabbataṃ pīḷetvā rasassa nīharaṇaṃ nāma bhāro; evameva dve saccāni gambhīratāya eva duddasāni, nirodhasaccaṃ pana atigambhīrañca atiduddasañcāti. Evaṃ duddasattā gambhīrānaṃ gambhīrattā ca duddasānaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ paṭicchādakaṃ mohandhakāraṃ ayaṃ vuccati avijjāti.
行句的解说巴利
Saṅkhārapadaniddeso
在讲“行”这个词的地方,不取前面所说的那些行中以“行”这个名称出现的行,而只是为了显示无明缘所生的行,才这样问:其中,哪些是无明缘所生的行?接着就说“福行”等等。这里,“福”是指能净化自己的造作者、能让自己的意愿圆满,并且能产生值得受人供养的存在,所以叫福。“行”是指造作异熟以及已作业的色等,所以叫行。福本身就是行,所以叫福行。与福相反的,就是非福。非福本身就是行,所以叫非福行。不动摇,所以叫不动。不动本身就是行,并且造作不动的存在,所以叫不动行。以身而转起,或从身而转起,或为身之行,所以叫身行。语行、心行也是同样的道理。巴利
Saṅkhārapade heṭṭhā vuttasaṅkhāresu saṅkhārasaddena āgatasaṅkhāre anāmasitvā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāreyeva dassento tattha katame avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā? Puññābhisaṅkhārotiādimāha. Tattha punāti attano kārakaṃ, pūreti cassa ajjhāsayaṃ, pujjañca bhavaṃ nibbattetīti puñño. Abhisaṅkharoti vipākaṃ kaṭattārūpañcāti abhisaṅkhāro. Puññova abhisaṅkhāro puññābhisaṅkhāro. Puññapaṭipakkhato apuñño. Apuññova abhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro. Na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ. Āneñjameva abhisaṅkhāro, āneñjañca bhavaṃ abhisaṅkharotīti āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. Kāyena pavattito, kāyato vā pavatto, kāyassa vā saṅkhāroti kāyasaṅkhāro. Vacīsaṅkhāracittasaṅkhāresupi eseva nayo.
在这里,第一个三法组是依据《遍计经》来取的。因为在那部经里说:“如果造作福行,识就趣向福;如果造作非福行,识就趣向非福;如果造作不动行,识就趣向不动。”(《相应部》2.51)第二个三法组是依据紧接着它的《分别经》来取的,也可以说是依据《正见经》的教说来取的(《中部》1.102)。因为在那里面说:“比丘们,有三种行。哪三种?身行、语行、心行。”(《相应部》2.2)那么,为什么要依据这些经来取它们呢?因为这部阿毗达摩不是近代才造出来的,也不是外道仙人、声闻弟子或天神所说的,而是由一切知者、胜者所说的。这是为了说明:在阿毗达摩里和在经里,所指示的教理是完全一样的。巴利
Tattha paṭhamattiko parivīmaṃsanasuttavasena gahito. Tattha hi ‘‘puññañce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, puññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. Apuññañce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, apuññupagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. Āneñjañce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, āneñjupagaṃ hoti viññāṇa’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.51) vuttaṃ. Dutiyattiko tadanantarassa vibhaṅgasuttassa vasena gahito, sammādiṭṭhisuttapariyāyena (ma. ni. 1.102) gahitotipi vattuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Tattha hi ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā. Katame tayo? Kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāro’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.2) vuttaṃ. Kasmā panetesaṃ suttānaṃ vasena te gahitāti? Ayaṃ abhidhammo nāma na adhunākato, nāpi bāhirakaisīhi vā sāvakehi vā devatāhi vā bhāsito. Sabbaññujinabhāsito pana ayaṃ. Abhidhammepi hi suttepi ekasadisāva tanti niddiṭṭhāti imassatthassa dīpanatthaṃ.
现在,为了从分类上说明那些行,开始说“其中,什么是福行”等等。其中,“善思”是就未限定的情况而言,也指四地的思。但因为限定为“欲界、色界”,所以八种欲界善思和五种色界善思,这十三种思就叫作福行。通过“施所成”等说法,显示了这些思本身依福业事而生起的情况。其中,只有八种欲界善思是施所成和戒所成,而修所成则有十三种。就像一个人背诵熟悉的法时,即使跳过一两个段落也不知道,后来回想时才发觉;同样,在做遍相预备时,在观察熟悉的禅那时,在作意熟悉的业处时,即使不与智相应,也算是修习。因此说“修所成则有十三种”。巴利
Idāni te saṅkhāre pabhedato dassetuṃ tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhārotiādimāha. Tattha kusalā cetanāti aniyamato catubhūmikacetanāpi vuttā. Kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarāti niyamitattā pana aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā, pañca rūpāvacarakusalacetanāti terasa cetanā puññābhisaṅkhāro nāma. Dānamayātiādīhi tāsaṃyeva cetanānaṃ puññakiriyavatthuvasena pavatti dassitā. Tattha aṭṭha kāmāvacarāva dānasīlamayā honti. Bhāvanāmayā pana terasapi. Yathā hi paguṇaṃ dhammaṃ sajjhāyamāno ekaṃ dve anusandhigatepi na jānāti, pacchā āvajjanto jānāti; evameva kasiṇaparikammaṃ karontassa paguṇajjhānaṃ paccavekkhantassa paguṇakammaṭṭhānañca manasikarontassa ñāṇavippayuttāpi bhāvanā hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘bhāvanāmayā pana terasapī’’ti.
在这里,关于布施所成等类别,这是简略的教导:缘于布施、以布施为基而生起的思、等思、已思状态——这称为布施所成福行。缘于持戒……(中略)……缘于修习、以修习为基而生起的思、等思、已思状态——这称为修习所成福行。巴利
Tattha dānamayādīsu ‘‘dānaṃ ārabbha dānamadhikicca yā uppajjati cetanā sañcetanā cetayitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati dānamayo puññābhisaṅkhāroti. Sīlaṃ ārabbha…pe… bhāvanaṃ ārabbha bhāvanamadhikicca yā uppajjati cetanā sañcetanā cetayitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati bhāvanāmayo puññābhisaṅkhāro’’ti (vibha. 769) ayaṃ saṅkhepadesanā.
对于衣等四种资具、色等六种所缘,或者食物等十种布施对象,布施者布施这些种种物品时,从它们生起开始的前阶段、正式施舍之时、以及事后以欢喜心随念之时——在这三个阶段生起的思,就叫作施所成。
为了圆满戒,心想“我要出家”而前往精舍时、出家时、达成心愿后省察“我已出家,善哉,太好了”时、守护波罗提木叉时、省察衣等资具时、对现前的色等守护眼门等时、清净活命时——在这些情况下生起的思,就叫作戒所成。
依照《无碍解道》所说的观道,修习眼为无常、苦、无我,修习色……乃至……法,修习眼识……乃至……意识,修习眼触……乃至……意触,修习眼触生受……乃至……意触生受,修习色想……乃至……法想,修习老死为无常、苦、无我时,其中生起的思,就叫作修所成。以上就是详细解说。巴利
Cīvarādīsu pana catūsu paccayesu rūpādīsu vā chasu ārammaṇesu annādīsu vā dasasu dānavatthūsu taṃ taṃ dentassa tesaṃ uppādanato paṭṭhāya pubbabhāge pariccāgakāle pacchā somanassacittena anussaraṇe cāti tīsu kālesu pavattā cetanā dānamayā nāma. Sīlaṃ paripūraṇatthāya pana ‘pabbajissāmī’ti vihāraṃ gacchantassa pabbajantassa manorathaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā ‘pabbajito vatamhi, sādhu suṭṭhū’ti āvajjantassa pātimokkhaṃ saṃvarantassa cīvarādayo paccaye paccavekkhantassa āpāthagatesu rūpādīsu cakkhudvārādīni saṃvarantassa ājīvaṃ sodhentassa ca pavattā cetanā sīlamayā nāma. Paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttena vipassanāmaggena cakkhuṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa rūpe…pe… dhamme, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ, cakkhusamphassaṃ…pe… manosamphassaṃ, cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ, rūpasaññaṃ …pe… dhammasaññaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa pavattā cetanā bhāvanāmayā nāmāti ayaṃ vitthārakathā.
在解说非福行时,“不善思”指的是与十二种不善心相应的思。“欲界”——虽然在这里,除了两种与忧俱的思之外,其余的思也能在色界和无色界中生起,但它们在那里不能牵引结生,只有在欲界才以结生的方式使果报成熟,所以只说它们是“欲界”的。巴利
Apuññābhisaṅkhāraniddese akusalā cetanāti dvādasaakusalacittasampayuttā cetanā. Kāmāvacarāti kiñcāpi tattha ṭhapetvā dve domanassasahagatacetanā sesā rūpārūpabhavepi uppajjanti, tattha pana paṭisandhiṃ na ākaḍḍhanti, kāmāvacareyeva paṭisandhivasena vipākaṃ avacārentīti kāmāvacarātveva vuttā.
在解说“不动行”时,善思和无色界思,就是四种无色界善思。这四种思因为具有不动的性质,又因为能造作不动之法,所以被称为“不动行”。从色界第四禅开始算起,三种善、异熟、唯作的思,加上十二种无色界思,这十五种法因为具有不动的性质、不摇动的性质,所以称为“不动”。其中,色界善思虽然也是不动的,但它能产生与自己相似或不相似的、有动摇或不动摇的色法和无色法,所以不称为“不动行”。而异熟思和唯作思因为不是异熟的,所以不造作异熟;无色界的异熟思和唯作思也是这样。这十一种思只是“不动”,而不是“行”。只有四种无色界善思,就像象、马等的影子只与自身相似一样,只产生与自己相似的不动的无色法,所以称为“不动行”。巴利
Āneñjābhisaṅkhāraniddese kusalā cetanā arūpāvacarāti catasso arūpāvacarakusalacetanā. Etā hi catasso aniñjanaṭṭhena aniñjanassa ca abhisaṅkharaṇaṭṭhena āneñjābhisaṅkhāroti vuccanti. Rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānato hi tisso kusalavipākakiriyācetanā dvādasa arūpāvacaracetanāti pañcadasa dhammā aniccalaṭṭhena aphandanaṭṭhena āneñjā nāma. Tattha rūpāvacarā kusalā cetanā aniñjā samānāpi attanā sarikkhakampi asarikkhakampi saiñjanampi aniñjanampi rūpārūpaṃ janetīti āneñjābhisaṅkhāro nāma na hoti. Vipākakiriyacetanā pana avipākattā vipākaṃ na abhisaṅkharonti, tathā arūpāvacarā vipākakiriyacetanāpīti ekādasāpi etā cetanā āneñjāva na abhisaṅkhārā. Catubbidhā pana arūpāvacarakusalacetanā yathā hatthiassādīnaṃ sadisāva chāyā honti, evaṃ attanā sadisaṃ niccalaṃ arūpameva janetīti āneñjābhisaṅkhāroti vuccatīti.
这样,按福行来算有十三种,按非福行来算有十二种,按不动行来算有四种,全部合在一起,总共就是二十九种思。世尊就像把无量轮围世界中无量众生将会生起的善思和不善思放在大秤上称量,或者倒进量器里计量一样,以一切知智加以界定后,指出正好是二十九种。巴利
Evaṃ puñjābhisaṅkhāravasena terasa, apuññābhisaṅkhāravasena dvādasa, āneñjābhisaṅkhāravasena catassoti sabbāpetā paripiṇḍitā ekūnatiṃsa cetanā honti. Iti bhagavā aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ uppajjanakakusalākusalacetanā mahātulāya dhārayamāno viya, nāḷiyaṃ pakkhipitvā minamāno viya ca sabbaññutañāṇena paricchinditvā ekūnatiṃsameva dassesi.
现在,为了说明无量轮围世界里的无量众生在累积善业和不善业时,是通过哪些门来累积的,也就是三种业门,他接着说:“其中,什么是身行?身思……”等等。这里,“身思”指的是:先发动身表,然后经由身门生起的八种欲界善思和十二种不善思,一共二十种思;也可以说,是在身门中,将执取和移动推动到造业地步而生起的二十种善与不善思。巴利
Idāni aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇā sattā kusalākusalakammaṃ āyūhamānā yehi dvārehi āyūhanti, tāni tīṇi kammadvārāni dassento tattha katamo kāyasaṅkhāro? Kāyasañcetanātiādimāha. Tattha kāyasañcetanāti kāyaviññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā kāyadvārato pavattā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā dvādasa akusalacetanāti samavīsati cetanā; kāyadvāre ādānaggahaṇacopanaṃ pāpayamānā uppannā vīsati kusalākusalacetanātipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
语思是指:发动语表之后,通过语门生起的同样那二十种思;也可以说,是在语门中,促成颌骨的移动和语句的分节而生的二十种思。不过,这里的神通思不是随后识的缘,所以不纳入。正如神通思一样,掉举思也不是识的缘。因此,在作为识的缘这一点上,它也应被排除。但以无明为缘时,所有这些都属于行。巴利
Vacīsañcetanāti vacīviññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā vacīdvārato pavattā tāyeva vīsati cetanā; vacīdvāre hanusañcopanaṃ vākyabhedaṃ pāpayamānā uppannā vīsati cetanātipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Abhiññācetanā panettha parato viññāṇassa paccayo na hotīti na gahitā. Yathā ca abhiññācetanā, evaṃ uddhaccacetanāpi na hoti. Tasmā sāpi viññāṇassa paccayabhāve apanetabbā. Avijjāpaccayā pana sabbāpetā honti.
“意思”是指:不发动两种表色、只在意识之门生起的全部二十九种思。世尊这样开示:在无量的轮围世界里,无量众生在积累善业和不善业时,就是通过这三种门来积累的——这就显示了积累业的门。巴利
Manosañcetanāti ubhopi viññattiyo asamuṭṭhāpetvā manodvāre uppannā sabbāpi ekūnatiṃsa cetanā. Iti bhagavā aparimāṇesu cakkavāḷesu aparimāṇā sattā kusalākusalakammaṃ āyūhamānā imehi tīhi dvārehi āyūhantīti āyūhanakammadvāraṃ dassesi.
不过,应当知道这两组三法之间是互相有关联的。怎么关联呢?比如,福行对于远离身恶行的人来说,可以是身行;对于远离语恶行的人来说,可以是语行。这样一来,八种欲界的善思,既是福行,也是身行和语行。而在意门生起的十三种思,既是福行,也是心行。非福行如果以身恶行的方式发生,可以是身行;以语恶行的方式发生,可以是语行;如果抛开身、语二门而只在意门发生,可以是心行。这样看来,非福行既可以是身行,也可以是语行,还可以是心行。巴利
Imesaṃ pana dvinnampi tikānaṃ aññamaññaṃ sampayogo veditabbo. Kathaṃ? Puññābhisaṅkhāro hi kāyaduccaritā viramantassa siyā kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīduccaritā viramantassa siyā vacīsaṅkhāro. Evaṃ aṭṭha kusalacetanā kāmāvacarā puññābhisaṅkhāro ca hoti kāyasaṅkhāro ca vacīsaṅkhāro ca. Manodvāre uppannā pana terasa cetanā puññābhisaṅkhāro ca hoti cittasaṅkhāro ca. Apuññābhisaṅkhāropi kāyaduccaritavasena pavattiyaṃ siyā kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīduccaritavasena pavattiyaṃ siyā vacīsaṅkhāro, dve dvārāni muñcitvā manodvāre pavattiyaṃ siyā cittasaṅkhāroti. Evaṃ apuññābhisaṅkhāro kāyasaṅkhāropi hoti vacīsaṅkhāropi cittasaṅkhāropi.
身行可以是福行,也可以是非福行,但不是不动行。语行也是这样。心行则可以是福行,可以是非福行,也可以是不动行。这些就是所谓以无明为缘的行。巴利
Kāyasaṅkhāro pana siyā puññābhisaṅkhāro, siyā apuññābhisaṅkhāro, na āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. Tathā vacīsaṅkhāro. Cittasaṅkhāro pana siyā puññābhisaṅkhāro , siyā apuññābhisaṅkhāro, siyā āneñjābhisaṅkhāroti. Ime avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā nāma.
那么,怎么知道“这些行是以无明为缘”呢?因为无明存在,它们才存在。一个人如果对苦等(四谛)还留着被称为无明的无知,没有断除,那么他首先对苦、对过去世等怀有无知,把轮回的苦当成乐来执取,于是就发起作为其根源的三种行;对集谛怀有无知,把本是苦因、以渴爱为助缘的行,误认为能带来乐而去发起;对灭谛和道谛怀有无知,把并非苦灭的各种趣处当成苦灭,把并非灭道的祭祀、苦行等当成灭道,一心想求得苦灭,于是通过祭祀、苦行等方式发起三种行。巴利
Kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ – ime saṅkhārā avijjāpaccayā hontīti? Avijjābhāve bhāvato. Yassa hi dukkhādīsu avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ aññāṇaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, so dukkhe tāva pubbantādīsu ca aññāṇena saṃsāradukkhaṃ sukhasaññāya gahetvā tassa hetubhūte tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati , samudaye aññāṇena dukkhahetubhūtepi taṇhāparikkhāre saṅkhāre sukhahetuto maññamāno ārabhati, nirodhe pana magge ca aññāṇena dukkhassa anirodhabhūtepi gativisese dukkhanirodhasaññī hutvā nirodhassa ca amaggabhūtesupi yaññāmaratapādīsu nirodhamaggasaññī hutvā dukkhanirodhaṃ patthayamāno yaññāmaratapādimukhena tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati.
再者,他因为还没有断除对四谛的无明,尤其是不明白那被称为福果的苦——它混杂着生、老、病、死等种种过患——其实是苦,为了得到它,就发起分为身、语、意三种行的福行,就像一个贪求天女的人纵身跳下悬崖。而且,即使这种被当作快乐的福果,最终会引发极大热恼,属于变坏之苦,他也看不到它的这一点,看不到它没什么可贪乐的滋味,仍然为了它而发起前面说的那种福行,就像飞蛾扑向灯火,又像贪吃蜜滴的人去舔涂了蜜的刀锋。巴利
Apica so tāya catūsu saccesu appahīnāvijjatāya visesato jātijarārogamaraṇādianekādīnavavokiṇṇaṃ puññaphalasaṅkhātaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhato ajānanto tassa adhigamāya kāyavacīcittasaṅkhārabhedaṃ puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati devaccharakāmako viya marupapātaṃ; sukhasammatassāpi ca tassa puññaphalassa ante mahāpariḷāhajanakaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhataṃ appassādatañca apassantopi tappaccayaṃ vuttappakārameva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati salabho viya dīpasikhābhinipātaṃ, madhubindugiddho viya ca madhulittasatthadhārālehanaṃ.
对欲乐享用等会带来果报的事,他看不到其中的过患,因为怀着快乐的想,又被烦恼所压倒,于是造作由身口意三门所生的非福行,就像愚痴的小孩玩粪便,又像想死的人喝毒药。对于无色界的果报,他也不能觉察诸行变易所带来的苦,因为被常见等颠倒想所蒙蔽,便造作属于心行的不动行,就像迷路的人走向通往鬼城的道路。巴利
Kāmūpasevanādīsu ca savipākesu ādīnavaṃ apassanto sukhasaññāya ceva kilesābhibhūtatāya ca dvārattayappavattampi apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati bālo viya gūthakīḷanaṃ, maritukāmo viya ca visakhādanaṃ. Āruppavipākesu cāpi saṅkhāravipariṇāmadukkhataṃ anavabujjhamāno sassatādivipallāsena cittasaṅkhārabhūtaṃ āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati disāmūḷho viya pisācanagarābhimukhamaggagamanaṃ.
正因为有“无明”这个状态,才有“行”这个状态,而不是在它不存在时也有“行”,所以应当知道:这些行是以无明为缘。这一点也曾被这样说过:“比丘们,愚痴的人、陷在无明里的人,会造作福行,也会造作非福行,也会造作不动行。比丘们,当一位比丘的无明已被断除、明已生起,他因为无明的离染、明的生起,就不再造作福行……”巴利
Evaṃ yasmā avijjābhāvatova saṅkhārabhāvo, na abhāvato; tasmā jānitabbametaṃ – ime saṅkhārā avijjāpaccayā hontīti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘avidvā, bhikkhave, avijjāgato puññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti, apuññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti, āneñjābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā, vijjā uppannā, so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā neva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotī’’ti.
这里有人问:我们先把“无明是行的缘”这一点接受下来。不过还要说明:是对哪些行、以什么方式成为缘呢?对此这样回答:巴利
Etthāha – gaṇhāma tāva etaṃ ‘avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo’ti. Idaṃ pana vattabbaṃ – ‘katamesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ kathaṃ paccayo hotī’ti? Tatridaṃ vuccati –
它作为诸福的缘而存在,然而却是两种与多种的。
对于后面那些其余的(非福行),它被认为是以一种方式成为缘的。巴利
Paccayo hoti puññānaṃ, duvidhānekadhā pana; Paresaṃ pacchimānaṃ sā, ekadhā paccayo matā.
在这里,“福行的两种方式”是指:它通过所缘缘和亲依止缘这两种方式成为缘。当以灭尽、消逝的方式观照无明时,它通过所缘缘成为欲界福行的缘;当以神通心了知有痴心之时,它通过所缘缘成为色界福行的缘。然而,为了超越无明,当人修布施等欲界福德业并生起色界禅那时,它通过亲依止缘成为这两种福行的缘;同样,当人被无明所迷惑,希求欲有和色有的成就而造作那些福业时,也是如此。巴利
Tattha ‘puññānaṃ duvidhā’ti ārammaṇapaccayena ca upanissayapaccayena cāti dvedhā paccayo hoti. Sā hi avijjaṃ khayato vayato sammasanakāle kāmāvacarānaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo hoti, abhiññācittena samohacittajānanakāle rūpāvacarānaṃ, avijjāsamatikkamanatthāya pana dānādīni ceva kāmāvacarapuññakiriyavatthūni pūrentassa rūpāvacarajjhānāni ca uppādentassa dvinnampi tesaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayo hoti; tathā avijjāsammūḷhattā kāmabhavarūpabhavasampattiyo patthetvā tāneva puññāni karontassa.
不过,对于其他(不善行),它则以多种方式成为缘。怎样呢?当贪等依于无明而生起时,它以所缘缘的方式为缘;当把它们看得重要而贪著其滋味时,它以所缘增上缘和所缘亲依止缘的方式为缘;当被无明蒙蔽、看不到过患的人造作杀生等行为时,它以亲依止缘的方式为缘;对于第二速行等,则通过无间缘、等无间缘、无间亲依止缘、习行缘、有缘、无有缘这些方式为缘;对于任何正在造作不善的人,则通过因缘、俱生缘、相互缘、相应缘、有缘、无有缘这些方式为缘。就这样,它以多种方式成为缘。巴利
‘Anekadhā pana paresa’nti apuññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ anekadhā paccayo hoti. Kathaṃ? Esā hi avijjaṃ ārabbha rāgādīnaṃ uppajjanakāle ārammaṇapaccayena, garuṃ katvā assādanakāle ārammaṇādhipatiārammaṇūpanissayehi, avijjāsammūḷhassa anādīnavadassāvino pāṇātipātādīni karontassa upanissayapaccayena, dutiyajavanādīnaṃ anantarasamanantarānantarūpanissayāsevananatthivigatapaccayehi, yaṃ kiñci akusalaṃ karontassa hetusahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehīti anekadhā paccayo hoti.
“对于后面的诸行,它被认为只以一种方式作为缘”,这是说无明对于不动行,只以亲依止缘这一种方式作为缘。而它作为不动行的亲依止缘这一点,应当依照在福行那里所说的方式来理解。巴利
‘Pacchimānaṃ sā ekadhā paccayo matā’ti āneñjābhisaṅkhārānaṃ upanissayapaccayeneva ekadhā paccayo matā. So panassā upanissayabhāvo puññābhisaṅkhāre vuttanayeneva veditabboti.
这里有人问:那么,是无明单独作为诸行的缘,还是也有其他缘呢?对此,如果认为只有无明单独为缘,就会落入单一因论。如果说“也有其他以无明为缘的诸行”,那么用单一因来说明就不成立了吗?并非不成立。为什么呢?因为——巴利
Etthāha – ‘kiṃ panāyamekāva avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo udāhu aññepi paccayā hontī’ti? Kiñcettha yadi tāva ekāva ekakāraṇavādo āpajjati. Atha ‘aññepi santi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’ti ekakāraṇaniddeso nupapajjatīti? Na nupapajjati. Kasmā? Yasmā –
在这里,一个并不是从单独一个产生的,也不是从多个或单独一个产生的。
果是存在的,而在阐明一因一果时,也确实有它的意义。巴利
Ekaṃ na ekato idha, nānekamanekatopi no ekaṃ; Phalamatthi atthi pana eka-hetuphaladīpane attho.
单从因这方面看,这里没有任何一个果是由单一因产生的,也没有多个果是由单一因产生的;同样,也没有一个果是由多种因产生的。只有从多种因,才会产生多种果。就像我们看到的:由时节、大地、种子、水这些多种因,才生出色、香、味等芽的多种果。至于“无明缘行,行缘识”这样逐一说明一因一果的说法,那是有它的意义和用意的。巴利
Ekato hi kāraṇato na idha kiñci ekaṃ phalamatthi, na anekaṃ. Nāpi anekehi kāraṇehi ekaṃ. Anekehi pana kāraṇehi anekameva hoti. Tathā hi anekehi utupathavībījasalilasaṅkhātehi kāraṇehi anekameva rūpagandharasādiaṅkurasaṅkhātaṃ phalamuppajjamānaṃ dissati. Yaṃ panetaṃ ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti ekekahetuphaladīpanaṃ kataṃ, tattha attho atthi, payojanaṃ vijjati.
世尊有时因为最殊胜,有时因为最明显,有时因为不共通,有时则随顺说法的善巧和所化众生的根机,只说明一个因或一个果。比如“以触为缘而有受”这句话,就是只说了唯一一个因和唯一一个果。因为触是受最殊胜的因,受是依触而确定的;受也是触最殊胜的果,触是依受而确定的。巴利
Bhagavā hi katthaci padhānattā, katthaci pākaṭattā, katthaci asādhāraṇattā, desanāvilāsassa ca veneyyānañca anurūpato ekamevahetuṃ vā phalaṃ vā dīpeti; ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.97) hi ekameva hetuṃ phalañcāha. Phasso hi vedanāya padhānahetu yathāphassaṃ vedanāvavatthānato. Vedanā ca phassassa padhānaphalaṃ yathāvedanaṃ phassavavatthānato.
“由痰所生的诸病”(《大义释》5)这句话,因为痰的相状很明显,所以只说了这一个因。在这里,明显的是痰,不是业等其他因素。“诸比丘,任何不善法,全都以不如理作意为根本”这句话,因为不如理作意是不共的因,所以只说了这一个因;因为不如理作意是不善法的不共因,而依处、所缘等则是共因。巴利
‘‘Semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā’’ti (mahāni. 5) pākaṭattā ekaṃ hetumāha. Pākaṭo hettha semho, na kammādayo. ‘‘Ye keci, bhikkhave, akusalā dhammā, sabbete ayonisomanasikāramūlakā’’ti asādhāraṇattā ekaṃ hetumāha; asādhāraṇo hi ayonisomanasikāro akusalānaṃ, sādhāraṇāni vatthārammaṇādīnīti.
因此应当知道,这里的无明,即使在其他依处、所缘、俱生法等诸行因也存在的情况下,仍然被说为诸行之因,因为它是主要的原因——如经中说“随观乐味者,渴爱增长”,又说“由无明生起故,诸漏生起”,这说明无明也是渴爱等其他行因的原因;又因为它是明显的、不共的原因——如经中说“诸比丘,无智者、陷于无明者,也会造作福行”,所以无明被阐明为诸行之因。也正是通过这一解答“一因一果”阐明问题的语句,应当知道在一切处阐明一因一果都有其用意。巴利
Tasmā ayamidha avijjā vijjamānesupi aññesu vatthārammaṇasahajātadhammādīsu saṅkhārakāraṇesu ‘‘assādānupassino taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.52) ca ‘‘avijjāsamudayā āsavasamudayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.104) ca vacanato aññesampi taṇhādīnaṃ saṅkhārahetūnaṃ hetūti padhānattā, ‘‘avidvā, bhikkhave, avijjāgato puññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharotī’’ti pākaṭattā asādhāraṇattā ca saṅkhārānaṃ hetubhāvena dīpitāti veditabbā. Eteneva ca ekekahetuphaladīpanaparihāravacanena sabbattha ekekahetuphaladīpane payojanaṃ veditabbanti.
对此,有人提出:即使这样,无明的果报完全不可爱、本身是有过失的,它怎么能成为福行、不动行、造作行的缘呢?就像从苦楝的种子长不出甘蔗一样。怎么会说不通呢?因为在世间——巴利
Etthāha – evaṃ santepi ekantāniṭṭhaphalāya sāvajjāya avijjāya kathaṃ puññāneñjābhisaṅkhārapaccayattaṃ yujjati? Na hi nimbabījato ucchu uppajjatīti. Kathaṃ na yujjissati? Lokasmiñhi –
相违的和不相违的,同样还有相似的和不相似的;
诸法的缘已经成立,而它们并非即是果报。巴利
Viruddho cāviruddho ca, sadisāsadiso tathā; Dhammānaṃ paccayo siddho, vipākā eva te ca na.
诸法的缘,在世间已被确认有相违和不相违两种,也就是处所、自性、作用等方面的相违与不相违。前一个心对后一个心来说是处所相违的缘;先前对工巧等技艺的学习,对后来生起的工巧等行为来说也是处所相违的缘。业对色是自性相违的缘;乳等对酪等也是自性相违的缘。光明对眼识是作用相违的缘;糖等对酒等也是作用相违的缘。而眼、色等对眼识等则是处所不相违的缘。前速行等对后速行等,是自性不相违、作用不相违的缘。巴利
Dhammānañhi ṭhānasabhāvakiccādiviruddho ca aviruddho ca paccayo loke siddho. Purimacittañhi aparacittassa ṭhānaviruddho paccayo, purimasippādisikkhā ca pacchāpavattamānānaṃ sippādikiriyānaṃ. Kammaṃ rūpassa sabhāvaviruddho paccayo, khīrādīni ca dadhiādīnaṃ. Āloko cakkhuviññāṇassa kiccaviruddho, guḷādayo ca āsavādīnaṃ. Cakkhurūpādayo pana cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ ṭhānāviruddhā paccayā . Purimajavanādayo pacchimajavanādīnaṃ sabhāvāviruddhā kiccāviruddhā ca.
就像相违与不相违的缘已经成立一样,相同与不相同的缘也是如此。因为同类的色,也就是时节所生的色和食物所生的色,是色的缘;稻种等是稻果等的缘。不同类的色可以是非色的缘,非色也可以是色的缘;牛毛、逆毛、牛角、酸奶、芝麻粉等,是吉祥草等的缘。而某些法以相违、不相违、相同、不相同的方式作为另一些法的缘时,这些法本身并不是那些法的异熟。因此应当知道:这无明,虽然从异熟的角度来说是绝对不可爱的果报的自性,并且也是有过失的,但对于所有这些福行等来说,仍然按照各自相应的处所、作用、自性,以相违或不相违的缘、相同或不相同的缘,随顺地成为它们的缘。巴利
Yathā ca viruddhāviruddhā paccayā siddhā, evaṃ sadisāsadisāpi. Sadisameva hi utuāhārasaṅkhātaṃ rūpaṃ rūpassa paccayo hoti, sālibījādīni ca sāliphalādīnaṃ. Asadisampi rūpaṃ arūpassa, arūpañca rūpassa paccayo hoti; golomāvilomavisāṇadadhitilapiṭṭhādīni ca dabbabhūtiṇakādīnaṃ. Yesañca dhammānaṃ ye viruddhāviruddhā sadisāsadisā paccayā, na te dhammā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ vipākāyeva. Iti ayaṃ avijjā vipākavasena ekantāniṭṭhaphalasabhāvavasena ca sāvajjāpi samānā sabbesampi etesaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ yathānurūpaṃ ṭhānakiccasabhāvaviruddhāviruddhapaccayavasena sadisāsadisapaccayavasena ca paccayo hotīti veditabbā.
这个“作为缘”的性质,其实正是按照“对于苦等法中被称为无明的无知还没有断除的人,他首先对苦以及过去世等,以无知把轮回之苦当成乐想,于是开始造作作为其因的三种行”这样的方式所说的。巴利
So cassā paccayabhāvo ‘‘yassa hi dukkhādīsu avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ aññāṇaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, so dukkhe tāva pubbantādīsu ca aññāṇena saṃsāradukkhaṃ sukhasaññāya gahetvā tassa hetubhūte tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhatī’’tiādinā nayena vutto eva.
不过,这里还有另一种说法——巴利
Apica ayaṃ aññopi pariyāyo –
在生死轮回中,以及诸行的相上,
如果有人对缘生之法感到迷惑,
他造作这些,是因为这三种行。
无明是这三种行的缘,也是那三种行中任何一种的缘。巴利
Cutūpapāte saṃsāre, saṅkhārānañca lakkhaṇe; Yo paṭiccasamuppanna-dhammesu ca vimuyhati. Abhisaṅkharoti so ete, saṅkhāre tividhe yato; Avijjā paccayo tesaṃ, tividhānampi yaṃ tatoti.
那么,如果有人在这些事情上迷惑,他怎么会造作这三种行呢?先说对死亡迷惑的人:他在任何情况下都不把“诸蕴的坏灭就是死”当作死来把握,反而去设想“有情死了”“有情转到别的地方去了”等等。对投生迷惑的人:他在任何情况下都不把“诸蕴的出现就是生”当作生来把握,反而去设想“有情出生了”“有情有了新的身体”等等。对轮回迷惑的人,就是那个——巴利
Kathaṃ pana yo etesu vimuyhati, so tividhepete saṅkhāre karotīti ce? Cutiyā tāva vimūḷho sabbattha ‘‘khandhānaṃ bhedo maraṇa’’nti cutiṃ agaṇhanto ‘satto marati, sattassa desantarasaṅkamana’ntiādīni vikappeti. Upapāte vimūḷho sabbattha ‘‘khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo jātī’’ti upapātaṃ agaṇhanto ‘satto upapajjati, sattassa navasarīrapātubhāvo’tiādīni vikappeti. Saṃsāre vimūḷho yo esa –
诸蕴的次第,以及界与处;
无间断地流转,就被称为轮回。巴利
‘‘Khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanāna ca; Abbocchinnaṃ vattamānā, saṃsāroti pavuccatī’’ti.
轮回被这样描述之后,如果不能这样把握它,就会虚妄地分别:“这个众生从这个世间去到另一个世间,又从另一个世间来到这个世间”等等。对诸行的特相迷惑的人,把握不住诸行的自性相和共相,就把诸行分别执为我、为我所、为常、为净、为乐。对缘起法迷惑的人,把握不住由无明等而有的行等的生起过程,就虚妄地分别:“是我在知道或不知道,就是那个我在做也让别人做,就是那个我在结生时投生,他的极微、自在天等以羯罗蓝等状态形成身体之后,诸根得以完成,他具足诸根之后接触、感受、贪爱、执取、造作,他再在另一个生命中存在”,或者分别“一切众生都是由命运、际会、自性所转变的”。他这样被无明蒙蔽、这样虚妄分别的时候,就像天生盲人在地上行走,会走上路或不是路的地方、高地或低洼、平坦或崎岖;同样地,他也这样造作福行、非福行和不动行。因此这样说——巴利
Evaṃ vaṇṇito saṃsāro. Taṃ evaṃ agaṇhanto ‘ayaṃ satto asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati, parasmā lokā imaṃ lokaṃ āgacchatī’tiādīni vikappeti. Saṅkhārānaṃ lakkhaṇe vimūḷho saṅkhārānaṃ sabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca agaṇhanto saṅkhāre attato attaniyato dhuvato subhato sukhato ca vikappeti. Paṭiccasamuppannadhammesu vimūḷho avijjādīhi saṅkhārādīnaṃ pavattiṃ agaṇhanto ‘‘attā jānāti vā na jānāti vā, so eva karoti ca kāreti ca so paṭisandhiyaṃ upapajjati, tassa aṇuissarādayo kalalādibhāvena sarīraṃ saṇṭhapetvā indriyāni sampādenti, so indriyasampanno phusati vediyati taṇhiyati upādiyati ghaṭiyati, so puna bhavantare bhavatī’’ti vā ‘‘sabbe sattā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168) vā vikappeti. So evaṃ avijjāya andhīkato evaṃ vikappento yathā nāma andho pathaviyaṃ vicaranto maggampi amaggampi thalampi ninnampi samampi visamampi paṭipajjati, evaṃ puññampi apuññampi āneñjampi saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotīti. Tenetaṃ vuccati –
就像天生瞎眼的人,身边又没有向导一样,
有时走正道,有时也走邪道。
愚人在轮回里不断流转,同样没有引导者;
有时候造作福业,有时候也造作非福业。
当他了知法,并现观诸谛之时,
那时,无明平息了,他将寂静而行。巴利
Yathāpi nāma jaccandho, naro aparināyako; Ekadā yāti maggena, kummaggenāpi ekadā. Saṃsāre saṃsaraṃ bālo, tathā aparināyako; Karoti ekadā puññaṃ, apuññamapi ekadā. Yadā ñatvā ca so dhammaṃ, saccāni abhisamessati; Tadā avijjūpasamā, upasanto carissatīti.
这一段是对“无明缘行”这句的详细解说。巴利
Ayaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
识这个词的解说巴利
Viññāṇapadaniddeso
227 在解说“以行为缘而有识”这一部分时,说到眼识等等:眼识有善异熟和不善异熟两种;耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识也同样各有两种。意识则包括:善异熟和不善异熟的两种意界、三种无因意识界、八种有因的欲界异熟心、五种色界异熟心、四种无色界异熟心,一共二十二种。这样一来,通过这六种识,全部三十二种世间异熟识都包含在内了。至于出世间识,不适用于轮回的讨论,所以没有收入。巴利
227. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇapadaniddese cakkhuviññāṇantiādīsu cakkhuviññāṇaṃ kusalavipākaṃ akusalavipākanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tathā sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇāni. Manoviññāṇaṃ pana kusalākusalavipākā dve manodhātuyo, tisso ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyo, aṭṭha sahetukāni kāmāvacaravipākacittāni, pañca rūpāvacarāni, cattāri arūpāvacarānīti bāvīsatividhaṃ hoti. Iti imehi chahi viññāṇehi sabbānipi bāttiṃsa lokiyavipākaviññāṇāni saṅgahitāni honti. Lokuttarāni pana vaṭṭakathāyaṃ na yujjantīti na gahitāni.
在这里可能会问:怎么知道这种识是以行为缘的呢?因为如果没有已经积集的业,就不会有异熟。这个识就是异熟,而异熟不会在没有已积集的业的情况下生起。假如没有已积集的业也能生起,那么一切有情的所有异熟都应该生起;但它们并不会生起。因此应当知道:这个识是以行为缘的。巴利
Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ ‘idaṃ vuttappakāraṃ viññāṇaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā hotī’ti? Upacitakammābhāve vipākābhāvato. Vipākañhetaṃ, vipākañca na upacitakammābhāve uppajjati. Yadi uppajjeyya, sabbesaṃ sabbavipākāni uppajjeyyuṃ; na ca uppajjantīti jānitabbametaṃ – ‘saṅkhārapaccayā idaṃ viññāṇaṃ hotī’ti.
如果有人问:以哪种行为缘生起哪种识?先说以欲界福行为缘所生的,有五种善异熟的眼识等,在意识方面有一种意界、两种意识界、八种欲界大异熟心,一共十六种。正如经中所说:巴利
Katarasaṅkhārapaccayā kataraviññāṇanti ce? Kāmāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā tāva kusalavipākāni pañca cakkhuviññāṇādīni, manoviññāṇe ekā manodhātu, dve manoviññāṇadhātuyo, aṭṭha kāmāvacaramahāvipākānīti soḷasa. Yathāha –
由于造作并积累了欲界的善业,果报眼识生起。同样地,果报耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识生起;果报意界生起;果报意识界生起,与喜俱行;果报意识界生起,与舍俱行;果报意识界生起,与喜俱行、与智相应;与喜俱行、与智相应、有行;与喜俱行、与智不相应;与喜俱行、与智不相应、有行;与舍俱行、与智相应;与舍俱行、与智相应、有行;与舍俱行、与智不相应;与舍俱行、与智不相应、有行。巴利
‘‘Kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Tathā sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, vipākā manodhātu uppannā hoti, manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hoti somanassasahagatā, manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hoti upekkhāsahagatā, manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hoti somanassasahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā, somanassasahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā sasaṅkhārena, somanassasahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā, somanassasahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā sasaṅkhārena, upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā, upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā sasaṅkhārena, upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā, upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā sasaṅkhārenā’’ti (dha. sa. 431, 498).
不过,以色界福行为缘,则有五种色界异熟。正如所说:巴利
Rūpāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana pañca rūpāvacaravipākāni. Yathāha –
由于他造作并积累了那种色界善业,作为果报,就远离诸欲……成就初禅……乃至……第五禅,安住其中。巴利
‘‘Tasseva rūpāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… pañcamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti (dha. sa. 499).
这样,以福行为缘,就有二十一种识。巴利
Evaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā ekavīsatividhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti.
不过,以非福行为缘,则有五种不善异熟的眼识等、一种意界、一种意识界,这样一共七种识。正如所说的:巴利
Apuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana akusalavipākāni pañca cakkhuviññāṇādīni, ekā manodhātu, ekā manoviññāṇadhātūti evaṃ sattavidhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti. Yathāha –
由于不善业已造作、已积集,果报眼识生起。同样地,果报耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识生起;果报意界生起;果报意识界生起。巴利
‘‘Akusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Tathā sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇaṃ , vipākā manodhātu, vipākā manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hotī’’ti (dha. sa. 556).
不过,以不动行为缘,则有四种无色界异熟,如此识就有四种。正如所说的:巴利
Āneñjābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana cattāri arūpavipākānīti evaṃ catubbidhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hotīti. Yathāha –
由于他造作并累积了那无色界的善业,其果报是完全超越色想,成就与空无边处想俱行……乃至……与识无边处想俱行……乃至……与无所有处想俱行……乃至……与非想非非想处想俱行,舍断乐……乃至……成就第四禅而住。巴利
‘‘Tasseva arūpāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ…pe… viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ…pe… ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ sukhassa ca pahānā…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti (dha. sa. 501).
知道了“以行为缘而有识”之后,现在应当这样理解它的运作方式:这一切确实都是按转起和结生两种方式来运作的。其中,两种五识、两种意界、以及喜俱无因意识界,这十三种心在五蕴有中只在转起时生起。其余十九种心,在三有中随各自的情况,既在转起时生起,也在结生时生起。巴利
Evaṃ yaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ hoti, taṃ ñatvā idānissa evaṃ pavatti veditabbā – sabbameva hi idaṃ pavattipaṭisandhivasena dvidhā pavattati. Tattha dve pañcaviññāṇāni, dve manodhātuyo, somanassasahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātūti imāni terasa pañcavokārabhave pavattiyaṃyeva pavattanti. Sesāni ekūnavīsati tīsu bhavesu yathānurūpaṃ pavattiyampi paṭisandhiyampi pavattanti.
怎么讲呢?先说善果报的眼识等五种识:对于由善果报或恶果报所生、诸根已依次第成熟的众生,它们依止眼等净色,缘取呈现在面前的可爱、或可爱中舍的色等所缘,执行看、听、嗅、尝、触的作用而现起。同样地,恶果报的五种识也是如此。只是它们的所缘是不可爱、或不可爱中舍的色等,这就是唯一的差别。而且,这十种识都各自有固定的门、所缘、依处和生起处,也有固定的作用。巴利
Kathaṃ? Kusalavipākāni tāva cakkhuviññāṇādīni pañca kusalavipākena vā akusalavipākena vā nibbattassa yathākkamaṃ paripākamupagatindriyassa cakkhādīnaṃ āpāthagataṃ iṭṭhaṃ vā iṭṭhamajjhattaṃ vā rūpādiārammaṇaṃ ārabbha cakkhādipasādaṃ nissāya dassanasavanaghāyanasāyanaphusanakiccaṃ sādhayamānāni pavattanti. Tathā akusalavipākāni pañca. Kevalañhi tesaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ aniṭṭhamajjhattaṃ vā rūpādiārammaṇaṃ hoti, ayameva viseso. Dasāpi cetāni niyatadvārārammaṇavatthuṭṭhānāni niyatakiccāneva ca bhavanti.
接着,在善果报的眼识等之后,善果报的意界立刻生起,它缘取同样的所缘,依止心所依处,执行领受的作用。同样地,在恶果报的眼识等之后,恶果报的意界也是如此。而这两种意界,门和所缘都不固定,但依处和生起处是固定的,作用也是固定的。巴利
Tato kusalavipākānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantaraṃ kusalavipākamanodhātu tesaññeva ārammaṇamārabbha hadayavatthuṃ nissāya sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā pavattati. Tathā akusalavipākānaṃ anantaraṃ akusalavipākā . Idañca pana dvayaṃ aniyatadvārārammaṇaṃ niyatavatthuṭṭhānaṃ niyatakiccañca hoti.
与喜俱行的无因意识界,则是在善果报意界之后,缘取同样的所缘,依止心所依处,执行均衡作用;并且在六门中,对所缘强而有力的情况,对欲界众生来说,大多数是在贪相应速行结束之后,截断有分路,以彼所缘的方式,对速行所取的所缘生起一次或两次。但在心识生起的计算中,一切门中的彼所缘都只有两次心识生起。这个心得到彼所缘和后生有分两个名称,它有不固定的门和所缘,有固定的依处,以及不固定的生起处和作用。如此,应知这十三种心只在五蕴有中转起时才生起。在其余十九种心中,没有一种不在与自身相应的结生中生起。巴利
Somanassasahagatā pana ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātu kusalavipākamanodhātuyā anantaraṃ tassā eva ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha hadayavatthuṃ nissāya santīraṇakiccaṃ sādhayamānā ca chasu dvāresu balavārammaṇe kāmāvacarasattānaṃ yebhuyyena lobhasampayuttajavanāvasāne bhavaṅgavīthiṃ pacchinditvā javanena gahitārammaṇe tadārammaṇavasena ca sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā pavattati. Cittappavattigaṇanāyaṃ pana sabbadvāresu tadārammaṇe dve eva cittavārā āgatā. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ tadārammaṇanti ca piṭṭhibhavaṅganti cāti dve nāmāni labhati, aniyatadvārārammaṇaṃ niyatavatthukaṃ aniyataṭṭhānakiccañca hotīti. Evaṃ tāva terasa pañcavokārabhave pavattiyaṃyeva pavattantīti veditabbāni. Sesesu ekūnavīsatiyā cittesu na kiñci attano anurūpāya paṭisandhiyā na pavattati.
在转起时,先说善果报和不善果报的两种无因意识界:它们在五门中,紧接在善果报或不善果报意界之后,执行推度作用;在六门中,按照前面所说的方式执行彼所缘作用;在自己提供结生之后,如果没有能中断有分的心生起,就执行有分作用;在临终时执行死亡作用。它们这样完成四种作用,依处固定,而门、所缘、生起处和作用都不固定,然后生起。巴利
Pavattiyaṃ pana kusalākusalavipākā tāva dve ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyo pañcadvāre kusalākusalavipākamanodhātūnaṃ anantaraṃ santīraṇakiccaṃ , chasu dvāresu pubbe vuttanayeneva tadārammaṇakiccaṃ, attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti cattāri kiccāni sādhayamānā niyatavatthukā aniyatadvārārammaṇaṭṭhānakiccā hutvā pavattanti.
八种欲界有因心在转起时,完全按照前面所说的方式,在六门中执行彼所缘的作用;从自己结生的那一刻之后,如果没有令有分中断的心生起,就执行有分的作用;在临终时执行死的作用。它们这样完成三种作用,依处是固定的,而门、所缘、生起之处和作用则是不固定的。巴利
Aṭṭha kāmāvacarasahetukacittāni pavattiyaṃ vuttanayeneva chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇakiccaṃ, attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti tīṇi kiccāni sādhayamānāni niyatavatthukāni aniyatadvārārammaṇaṭṭhānakiccāni hutvā pavattanti.
五种色界心和四种无色界心,从自己结生的那一刻之后,只要没有令有分中断的心生起,就执行有分的作用;在临终时执行死的作用,如此完成两种作用而持续生起。其中,色界心有固定的依处和所缘,生起处与作用则不固定;其余的无色界心没有依处,有固定的所缘,生起处与作用也不固定,如此生起。这样,这三十二种识在转起时,由行缘而生起。在这里,那些种种的行,以业缘和亲依止缘为缘。巴利
Pañca rūpāvacarāni cattāri ca arūpāvacarāni attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti kiccadvayaṃ sādhayamānāni pavattanti. Tesu rūpāvacarāni niyatavatthārammaṇāni aniyataṭṭhānakiccāni, itarāni avatthukāni niyatārammaṇāni aniyataṭṭhānakiccāni hutvā pavattantīti. Evaṃ tāva bāttiṃsavidhampi viññāṇaṃ pavattiyaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā pavattati. Tatrassa te te saṅkhārā kammapaccayena ca upanissayapaccayena ca paccayā honti.
在这里,前面所说的这十一种彼所缘心,在色界有和无色界有中,连一种也不会作为彼所缘生起。为什么?因为没有种子。因为在色界有和无色界有中,并不存在那称为欲界果报的结生种子——那种能在以色等为所缘而转起时,成为彼所缘生因的种子。如果问:眼识等在色界有中也不存在吗?不是。因为根门转起的威力,以及门路差别中心法的确定性。巴利
Tattha yānetāni ekādasa tadārammaṇacittāni vuttāni, tesu ekampi rūpārūpabhave tadārammaṇaṃ hutvā na pavattati. Kasmā? Bījābhāvā. Tattha hi kāmāvacaravipākasaṅkhātaṃ paṭisandhibījaṃ natthi, yaṃ rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu pavattiyaṃ tassa janakaṃ bhaveyya. Cakkhuviññāṇādīnampi rūpabhave abhāvo āpajjatīti ce? Na; indriyappavattiānubhāvato dvāravīthibhede cittaniyamato ca.
正如这种彼所缘确实不会在色界和无色界中生起,它也同样不追随一切不属于欲界的法。为什么呢?因为它不是能生起(果报)的因,而且与能生起者不相似。就好比一个想离家外出的少年,会抓住父亲、或一位像父亲一样关爱他的亲戚的手指跟着走,而不会跟着其他人,比如国王的差役等;同样,这种彼所缘想从有分的所缘境中出来时,因为同类的缘故,只会追随自己的“生起者”——像父亲一样的、或与父亲相似的欲界速行,而不会追随其他广大速行或无上速行。巴利
Yathā cetaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ ekantena rūpārūpabhave nappavattati tathā sabbepi akāmāvacare dhamme nānubandhati. Kasmā? Ajanakattā ceva janakassa ca asadisattā. Tañhi yathā nāma gehā nikkhamitvā bahi gantukāmo taruṇadārako attano janakaṃ pitaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā pitusadisaṃ hitakāmaṃ ñātiṃ aṅguliyaṃ gahetvā anubandhati, na aññaṃ rājapurisādiṃ, tathā etampi bhavaṅgārammaṇato bahi nikkhamitukāmaṃ sabhāgatāya attano janakaṃ pitaraṃ vā pitusadisaṃ vā kāmāvacarajavanameva anubandhati, na aññaṃ mahaggataṃ anuttaraṃ vā.
就像这个彼所缘不会跟随广大法和出世间法一样,当那些欲界法也以广大法为所缘而生起时,它同样不会跟随它们。为什么呢?因为那些境域不熟悉,而且所缘极其微细。就好比一个年幼的孩子,即使会跟着父亲或与父亲相似的亲戚走,也只会在自己熟悉的地方跟着走,比如家门口、巷子里、十字路口这些地方,而不会跟着走到森林或战场去;同样,彼所缘即使跟随欲界法,也只会在自己熟悉的、非广大等境域中生起的法上跟随,而不会跟随那些以广大法和出世间法为所缘而生起的法。巴利
Yathā cetaṃ mahaggatalokuttare dhamme nānubandhati, tathā yadā ete kāmāvacaradhammāpi mahaggatārammaṇā hutvā pavattanti tadā tepi nānubandhati. Kasmā? Aparicitadesattā accantaparittārammaṇattā ca. Tañhi yathā pitaraṃ vā pitusadisaṃ vā ñātiṃ anubandhantopi taruṇadārako gharadvāraantaravīthicatukkādimhi pariciteyeva dese anubandhati, na araññaṃ vā yuddhabhūmiṃ vā gacchantaṃ; evaṃ kāmāvacaradhamme anubandhantampi amahaggatādimhi pariciteyeva dese pavattamāne dhamme anubandhati, na mahaggatalokuttaradhamme ārabbha pavattamāneti.
因为对他而言,已经这样宣说:“一切欲界果报、唯作意界、无因唯作意识界,以及与喜俱行的这些法,都以微小之法为所缘。”如此,所缘被宣说为绝对微小。因此应当知道:它也不会跟随以广大法、出世间法为所缘的欲界法,即使(那些欲界法)亦然。巴利
Yasmā cassa ‘‘sabbo kāmāvacaravipāko kiriyamanodhātu kiriyaahetukamanoviññāṇadhātu somanassasahagatā ime dhammā parittārammaṇā’’ti evaṃ accantaparittameva ārammaṇaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmāpetaṃ mahaggatalokuttarārammaṇe kāmāvacaradhammepi nānubandhatīti veditabbaṃ.
再说,费这些口舌争论有什么用呢?因为注释书里已经讲得很清楚了:十一种彼所缘心在速行取名为“名种姓”的所缘之后,不会再去抓取彼所缘。速行取概念为所缘之后,得不到彼所缘。以三相为所缘的观智中,得不到彼所缘。即将出起的强力观智中,得不到彼所缘。速行取色界、无色界法为所缘之后,得不到彼所缘。在邪性决定法中,得不到彼所缘。在正性决定法中,得不到彼所缘。速行取出世间法为所缘之后,得不到彼所缘。速行取神通智为所缘之后,得不到彼所缘。速行取无碍解智为所缘之后,得不到彼所缘。在欲界微弱的所缘中,得不到彼所缘。只有在六门中强力的所缘呈现时才能得到,而且能得到的彼所缘也只存在于欲界。在色界和无色界的存在中,根本不存在所谓的彼所缘。巴利
Kiṃ vā imāya yuttikathāya? Aṭṭhakathāyañhi ekanteneva vuttaṃ – ekādasa tadārammaṇacittāni nāmagottaṃ ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇaṃ na gaṇhanti. Paṇṇattiṃ ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Tilakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāya tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Vuṭṭhānagāminiyā balavavipassanāya tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Rūpārūpadhamme ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Micchattaniyatadhammesu tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Sammattaniyatadhammesu tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Lokuttaradhamme ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Abhiññāñāṇaṃ ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Paṭisambhidāñāṇaṃ ārabbha javane javite tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati. Kāmāvacare dubbalārammaṇe tadārammaṇaṃ na labbhati, chasu dvāresu balavārammaṇe āpāthagateyeva labbhati, labbhamānañca kāmāvacareyeva labbhati. Rūpārūpabhave tadārammaṇaṃ nāma natthīti.
前面那句话——“在其余十九种心里,没有哪一种心不是随顺自己的结生而生起的”——说得太简略了,不容易看懂。所以,为了展示其中的详细方法,接着问:有多少种结生?有多少种结生心?以什么心、在哪里结生?结生的所缘是什么?巴利
Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘sesesu ekūnavīsatiyā cittesu na kiñci attano anurūpāya paṭisandhiyā na pavattatī’’ti, taṃ atisaṃkhittattā dubbijānaṃ. Tenassa vitthāranayadassanatthaṃ vuccati – ‘‘kati paṭisandhiyo? Kati paṭisandhicittāni? Kena kattha paṭisandhi hoti? Kiṃ paṭisandhiyā ārammaṇa’’nti?
连同无想结生,一共有二十种结生。结生心就是前面说过的十九种。其中,以不善果报的无因意识界,在恶趣中结生;以善果报的无因意识界,则在人世间那些天生盲、天生聋、天生疯、天生哑、黄门等人当中结生。以八种有因大果报心,在欲界天和人间有福的人当中结生;以五种色界果报心,在色界梵天结生;以四种无色界果报心,在无色界结生。而且,不论以哪种心、在哪里结生,那就叫作与它相应的结生。巴利
Asaññapaṭisandhiyā saddhiṃ vīsati paṭisandhiyo. Vuttappakārāneva ekūnavīsati paṭisandhicittāni. Tattha akusalavipākāya ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyā apāyesu paṭisandhi hoti, kusalavipākāya manussaloke jaccandhajātibadhirajātiummattakaeḷamūganapuṃsakādīnaṃ. Aṭṭhahi sahetukamahāvipākehi kāmāvacaradevesu ceva manussesu ca puññavantānaṃ paṭisandhi hoti, pañcahi rūpāvacaravipākehi rūpībrahmaloke, catūhi arūpāvacaravipākehi arūpaloketi. Yena ca yattha paṭisandhi hoti, sā eva tassā anurūpapaṭisandhi nāma.
简要来说,结生时有三种所缘:业、业相和趣相。其中,所谓业,就是已经造作过的善或不善的思。所谓业相,就是造业时所取为所缘的那个事物。即使那业是在过去百千俱胝劫那么久远之前造下的,到了临终那一刻,那业或者业相也会前来现前。巴利
Saṅkhepato paṭisandhiyā tīṇi ārammaṇāni honti – kammaṃ, kammanimittaṃ , gatinimittanti. Tattha kammaṃ nāma āyūhitā kusalākusalacetanā. Kammanimittaṃ nāma yaṃ vatthuṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā kammaṃ āyūhati. Tattha atīte kappakoṭisatasahassamatthakasmimpi kamme kate tasmiṃ khaṇe kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā āgantvā upaṭṭhāti.
这里有一个关于业相现前的事例。据说有一位名叫牛护尸婆利的居士,在塔利毘提迦寺建造了一座塔。他躺在临终的床上时,那座塔的影像现前了。他抓住这个相,命终之后投生到了天界。另有一种叫“混乱死”的情况。比如有人正朝前走,别人从背后用锋利的剑砍下他的头。或者有人躺下睡觉时,别人用锋利的剑砍下他的头。或者有人被按进水里淹死。即使在这种时刻,也会有某种业或业相现前。另有一种叫“轻快死”的情况。比如有人用木槌击打藏在砧板上的苍蝇,把它碾碎。即使在这种时刻,也会有业或业相现前。不过,当那只苍蝇正被碾碎时,第一刹那,身门转向不能中断有分,只有意门转向中断有分,然后速行生起,之后落入有分。第二刹那,身门转向中断有分,接着身识、领受、推度、确定这些路心生起,速行生起后落入有分。第三刹那,意门转向中断有分,然后速行生起后落入有分。它就在这个时候命终。举出这个事例是为了说明什么?是为了说明:无色法的领域竟然如此迅速。巴利
Tatridaṃ kammanimittassa upaṭṭhāne vatthu – gopakasīvalī kira nāma tālapiṭṭhikavihāre cetiyaṃ kāresi. Tassa maraṇamañce nipannassa cetiyaṃ upaṭṭhāsi. So tadeva nimittaṃ gaṇhitvā kālaṃkatvā devaloke nibbatti. Aññā sammūḷhakālakiriyā nāma hoti. Parammukhaṃ gacchantassa hi pacchato tikhiṇena asinā sīsaṃ chindanti. Nipajjitvā niddāyantassāpi tikhiṇena asinā sīsaṃ chindanti. Udake osīdāpetvā mārenti. Evarūpepi kāle aññataraṃ kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā upaṭṭhāti. Aññaṃ lahukamaraṇaṃ nāma atthi. Nikhādanadaṇḍakamatthakasmiñhi nilīnamakkhikaṃ muggarena paharitvā pisanti. Evarūpepi kāle kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā upaṭṭhāti. Evaṃ pisiyamānāya pana makkhikāya paṭhamaṃ kāyadvārāvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ nāvaṭṭeti, manodvārāvajjanameva āvaṭṭeti. Atha javanaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Dutiyavāre kāyadvārāvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti. Tato kāyaviññāṇaṃ, sampaṭicchanaṃ, santīraṇaṃ, voṭṭhapananti vīthicittāni pavattanti. Javanaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Tatiyavāre manodvārāvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭeti. Atha javanaṃ javitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. Etasmiṃ ṭhāne kālakiriyaṃ karoti. Idaṃ kimatthaṃ ābhataṃ? Arūpadhammānaṃ visayo nāma evaṃ lahukoti dīpanatthaṃ.
所谓趣相,就是在将要投生的地方,会显现出一种色相。其中,如果地狱的趣相现前,它显现出来就像一口铁锅;如果人间的趣相现前,它显现出来就像母胎里的毯子和车乘;如果天界的趣相现前,就会显现出如意树、宫殿、床座等。如此,业、业相、趣相,简要来说就是结生的三种所缘。巴利
Gatinimittaṃ nāma nibbattanakaokāse eko vaṇṇo upaṭṭhāti. Tattha niraye upaṭṭhahante lohakumbhisadiso hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Manussaloke upaṭṭhahante mātukucchikambalayānasadisā hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Devaloke upaṭṭhahante kapparukkhavimānasayanādīni upaṭṭhahanti. Evaṃ kammaṃ, kammanimittaṃ, gatinimittanti saṅkhepato paṭisandhiyā tīṇi ārammaṇāni honti.
另一种说法:结生有三种所缘吗?过去、现在、不可说。无想结生没有所缘。其中,识无边处和非想非非想处的结生,只以过去为所缘;十种欲界的结生,以过去或现在为所缘;其余的结生,以不可说为所缘。不过,在三所缘中转起的结生,因为总是在以过去或不可说为所缘的死心之后立刻生起。而以现在为所缘的死心,根本不存在。所以要知道:以两种所缘中的某一种为所缘的死心灭去后,立刻以三种所缘中的某一种为所缘的结生,就按善趣或恶趣的方式转起。巴利
Aparo nayo – paṭisandhiyā tīṇi ārammaṇāni honti? Atītaṃ, paccuppannaṃ , navattabbañca. Asaññīpaṭisandhi anārammaṇāti. Tattha viññāṇañcāyatananevasaññānāsaññāyatanapaṭisandhīnaṃ atītameva ārammaṇaṃ. Dasannaṃ kāmāvacarānaṃ atītaṃ vā paccuppannaṃ vā. Sesānaṃ navattabbaṃ. Evaṃ tīsu ārammaṇesu pavattamānā pana paṭisandhi yasmā atītārammaṇassa vā navattabbārammaṇassa vā cuticittassa anantarameva hoti. Paccuppannārammaṇaṃ pana cutticittaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā dvīsu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇāya cutiyā anantaraṃ tīsu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā sugatiduggativasena pavattanākāro veditabbo.
比如,对于生在欲界善趣、惯于作恶的人,正如《中部》等所说“那时,那些业便悬在他身上”,当他躺在临终床上时,他所积累的恶业或业相就会在意门中显现。以它为所缘,生起以彼所缘为终结的速行路,或是纯粹的速行路;紧接着,以有分境为所缘,生起死心。当死心灭去后,就缘那已出现在意门的业或业相,被尚未断除的烦恼之力所牵引,生起属于恶趣的结生心。这就是:以过去为所缘的死心之后,无间生起以过去为所缘的结生。巴利
Seyyathidaṃ – kāmāvacarasugatiyaṃ tāva ṭhitassa pāpakammino puggalassa ‘‘tānissa tamhi samaye olambantī’’tiādivacanato (ma. ni. 3.248) maraṇamañce nipannassa yathūpacitaṃ pāpakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Taṃ ārabbha uppannāya tadārammaṇapariyosānāya suddhāya vā javanavīthiyā anantaraṃ bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cuticittaṃ uppajjati. Tasmiṃ niruddhe tadeva āpāthagataṃ kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārabbha anupacchinnakilesabalavināmitaṃ duggatipariyāpannaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā atītārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
另一个人在临终时,由于先前所说的那种业力,地狱等处的火网色等恶趣相出现在意门。他的有分心两次生起又灭去之后,缘取那个所缘,生起一个转向心;因为死亡已经临近,速行的力量变得微弱,所以生起五个速行心、两个彼所缘心,这样一共生起三种路心。此后,以有分心的境作为所缘,生起一个死心。到这时,已经过去了十一个心刹那。接着,在剩余的五心刹那寿命中,缘取同一个所缘,生起结生心。这就是以过去为所缘的死心之后,紧接生起以现在为所缘的结生。巴利
Aparassa maraṇasamaye vuttappakārakammavasena narakādīsu aggijālavaṇṇādikaṃ duggatinimittaṃ manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Tassa dvikkhattuṃ bhavaṅge uppajjitvā niruddhe taṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha ekaṃ āvajjanaṃ, maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇānīti tīṇi vīthicittāni uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ. Ettāvatā ekādasa cittakkhaṇā atītā honti. Athāvasesapañcacittakkhaṇāyuke tasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
另一个人在临终时,五门中的某一门会出现以贪等烦恼为因的低劣所缘。随着心路依次生起,到了确定心的末尾,因为死亡已经逼近,心力变得微弱,于是生起五个速行心和两个彼所缘心。接着,以有分心的境作为所缘,生起一个死心。到这时,两个有分心、转向心、见心、领受心、推度心、确定心、五个速行心、两个彼所缘心、一个死心,一共十五个心刹那已经过去。然后,在剩下只有一个心刹那的寿命中,还是缘同一个所缘,生起结生心。这也是在以过去为所缘的死心之后,紧接着生起以现在为所缘的结生。以上就是以过去为所缘的善趣死心之后,紧接着生起以过去或现在为所缘的恶趣结生的运作方式。巴利
Aparassa maraṇasamaye pañcannaṃ dvārānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ dvāre rāgādihetubhūtaṃ hīnārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati. Tassa yathākkamena uppannavoṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni dve tadārammaṇāni ca uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayamārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ. Ettāvatā dve bhavaṅgāni, āvajjanaṃ, dassanaṃ, sampaṭicchanaṃ, santīraṇaṃ, voṭṭhabbanaṃ, pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇāni, ekaṃ cuticittanti pañcadasa cittakkhaṇā atītā honti. Athāvasesaekacittakkhaṇāyuke tasmiṃ yeva ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayampi atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi. Esa tāva atītārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya duggatipaṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.
对于投生到恶趣的众生,已经累积了没有过失的业,按照前面所说的方式,那个没有过失的业或者业相会出现在意门。因此,把黑分替换成白分,其余一切都按照前面的方式理解。这就是以过去为所缘的恶趣死亡心之后,紧接着以过去或现在为所缘的善趣结生的生起方式。巴利
Duggatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana upacitānavajjakammassa vuttanayeneva taṃ anavajjakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchatīti kaṇhapakkhe sukkapakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya duggaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya sugatipaṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.
生在善趣的人,当他躺在临终床上时,他所累积的无罪业,或者业相,会出现在意门中。正如“那时,那些业便垂临于他”等经文所说。不过,这只适用于所累积的欲界无罪业。如果是已累积的广大业,则只有业相出现在意门中。以它为所缘,生起以彼所缘为终结的速行路或纯净的速行路,随后以有分境为所缘,生起死心。死心灭去后,缘取那已出现在意门的业或业相,被未断烦恼的力量所牵引,生起属于善趣的结生心。这就是以过去为所缘的死心之后,紧接生起以过去为所缘或以不可说为所缘的结生。巴利
Sugatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana upacitānavajjakammassa ‘‘tānissa tamhi samaye olambantī’’tiādivacanato maraṇamañce nipannassa yathūpacitaṃ anavajjakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Tañca kho upacitakāmāvacarānavajjakammasseva. Upacitamahaggatakammassa pana kammanimittameva āpāthamāgacchati. Taṃ ārabbha uppannāya tadārammaṇapariyosānāya suddhāya vā javanavīthiyā anantaraṃ bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cuticittamuppajjati. Tasmiṃ niruddhe tadeva āpāthagataṃ kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārabbha anupacchinnakilesabalavināmitaṃ sugatipariyāpannaṃ paṭisandhicittamuppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā atītārammaṇā navattabbārammaṇā vā paṭisandhi.
另一个人在临死时,由于欲界无过失业的缘故,在人界会现起称为母胎色相、在天界会现起称为园林和如意树等色相的善趣相,出现在意门中。就像前面说恶趣相时那样,死心灭去之后,紧接着就生起结生心。这就是以过去为所缘的死心之后,紧接以现在为所缘的结生。巴利
Aparassa maraṇasamaye kāmāvacarānavajjakammavasena manussaloke mātukucchivaṇṇasaṅkhātaṃ vā devaloke uyyānakapparukkhādivaṇṇasaṅkhātaṃ vā sugatinimittaṃ manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Tassa duggatinimitte dassitānukkameneva cuticittānantaraṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
另有一种情况:有人临死时,亲属们对他说:“亲爱的,这是为你做的供佛,请让心生起净信!”然后通过花环、旗帜、幡等,把色所缘呈现在他面前;或者通过听法、奏乐供养等,把声所缘呈现在他面前;或者通过烟、香气、气味等,把香所缘呈现在他面前;又说:“亲爱的,你尝尝这个,这是为你该布施的应施之物。”于是通过蜜、糖浆等,把味所缘呈现在他面前;又说:“亲爱的,你摸摸这个,这是为你该布施的应施之物。”于是通过中国布、羊毛布等,把触所缘呈现在他面前——就这样把所缘呈现在五门之中。当这些色等所缘出现在他面前时,随着依次生起的确定心到了最后阶段,因为死亡已经临近,力量变得微弱,于是生起五个速行心和两个彼所缘心。之后,以有分境为所缘,生起一个死心;当这个死心灭尽时,就在那同一个只停留一个心刹那的所缘上,生起结生心。这也是以过去为所缘的死心之后,紧接生起以现在为所缘的结生。巴利
Aparassa maraṇasamaye ñātakā ‘ayaṃ, tāta, tavatthāya buddhapūjā karīyati, cittaṃ pasādehī’ti vatvā pupphadāmadhajapaṭākādivasena rūpārammaṇaṃ vā dhammassavanatūriyapūjādivasena saddārammaṇaṃ vā dhūmavāsagandhādivasena gandhārammaṇaṃ vā ‘idaṃ, tāta, sāyassu, tavatthāya dātabbaṃ deyyadhamma’nti vatvā madhuphāṇitādivasena rasārammaṇaṃ vā ‘idaṃ, tāta, phusassu, tavatthāya dātabbaṃ deyyadhamma’nti vatvā cīnapaṭasomārapaṭādivasena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ vā pañcadvāre upasaṃharanti. Tassa tasmiṃ āpāthagate rūpādiārammaṇe yathākkamena uppannavoṭṭhapanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni dve tadārammaṇāni ca uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ, tadavasāne tasmiññeva ekacittakkhaṇaṭṭhitike ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayampi atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
另有一类人,通过修习地遍禅那等而获得广大心,投生在善趣。临命终时,欲界善业、业相、趣相中的任何一种,或者地遍等相,或者广大心,出现在意门。或者,在眼门或耳门中,作为善法生起之因的殊胜所缘出现。对他而言,在确定心等依次生起之后,由于临近死亡而力量减弱,生起五个速行心。然而,对于以广大心投生善趣的人,没有彼所缘心。因此,速行心之后紧接着以有分境为所缘,生起一个死心。死心灭尽时,在欲界或广大善趣中某一善趣所摄的、随所现起的所缘中,以某一种所缘生起结生心。这就是以不可说为所缘的善趣死心之后,无间生起以过去、现在、不可说中某一种为所缘的结生。巴利
Aparassa pana pathavīkasiṇajjhānādivasena paṭiladdhamahaggatassa sugatiyaṃ ṭhitassa maraṇasamaye kāmāvacarakusalakamma-kammanimitta-gatinimittānaṃ aññataraṃ pathavīkasiṇādikaṃ vā nimittaṃ mahaggatacittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Cakkhusotānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ kusaluppattihetubhūtaṃ paṇītamārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati. Tassa yathākkamena uppannavoṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni uppajjanti. Mahaggatagatikānaṃ pana tadārammaṇaṃ natthi. Tasmā javanānantaraṃyeva bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ uppajjati . Tassāvasāne kāmāvacaramahaggatasugatīnaṃ aññatarasugatipariyāpannaṃ yathūpaṭṭhitesu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ navattabbārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannanavattabbānaṃ aññatarārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
按照这个道理,也应该知道:从无色界死亡之后,结生心也是紧接着生起的。这就是:在以过去且不可说的法为所缘的善趣死亡心之后,紧接着生起以过去、不可说、现在的法为所缘的结生心,它的运作方式就是这样。巴利
Etenānusārena āruppacutiyāpi anantarā paṭisandhi veditabbā. Ayaṃ atītanavattabbārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītanavattabbapaccuppannārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.
造了恶业、生在恶趣的人,情况是这样的:按照前面所说的方式,他的业、业相或趣相会通过意门呈现出来;而通过五门呈现的,则是能作为不善法生起之因的所缘。接着,他的心路依次生起,到最后死心灭去时,就在那些所缘当中,随着某一种所缘,生起一个属于恶趣的结生心。这就是以过去为所缘的恶趣死心之后,紧接着生起以过去和现在为所缘的结生心的运作方式。到这里为止,已经说明了十九种识通过结生的方式而运作。巴利
Duggatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana pāpakammino vuttanayeneva taṃ kammaṃ kammanimittaṃ gatinimittaṃ vā manodvāre, pañcadvāre pana akusaluppattihetubhūtaṃ ārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati. Athassa yathākkamena cuticittāvasāne duggatipariyāpannaṃ tesu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya duggaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā pavattanākāroti. Ettāvatā ekūnavīsatividhassāpi viññāṇassa paṭisandhivasena pavatti dīpitā hoti.
这一切同样都是如此——巴利
Tayidaṃ sabbampi evaṃ –
正在结生时现行的(识),通过业以两种方式运作;
而依混合等分类方式,分类又有两种等。巴利
Pavattamānaṃ sandhimhi, dvidhā kammena vattati; Missādīhi ca bhedehi, bhedassa duvidhādiko.
这十九种果报识在结生时生起,由业推动而运作,方式有两种。因为,各自能产生它的业,是通过异刹那业缘和亲依止缘这两种缘对它起作用的。正如经中所说:“善业和不善业,以亲依止缘作为果报的缘。”对于这样运作的识,还应当知道,依照混合等区分,它也有两种等分类。也就是说,这识虽然从结生来说只有一种运作方式,但按照与色混合或不混合的区分,就有两种;按照欲有、色有、无色有的区分,就有三种;按照卵生、胎生、湿生、化生的投生方式区分,就有四种;按照趣的区分,就有五种;按照识住的区分,就有七种;按照有情居的区分,就有八种。其中——巴利
Idañhi ekūnavīsatividhampi vipākaviññāṇaṃ paṭisandhimhi pavattamānaṃ dvidhā kammena vattati. Yathāsakañhi etassa janakaṃ kammaṃ nānākkhaṇikakammappaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena ca paccayo hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ vipākassa upanissayapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.423). Evaṃ vattamānassa panassa missādīhi bhedehi duvidhādikopi bhedo veditabbo, seyyathidaṃ – idañhi paṭisandhivasena ekadhā vattamānampi rūpena saha missāmissabhedato duvidhaṃ, kāmarūpārūpabhavabhedato tividhaṃ, aṇḍajajalābujasaṃsedajaopapātikayonivasena catubbidhaṃ, gativasena pañcavidhaṃ, viññāṇaṭṭhitivasena sattavidhaṃ, sattāvāsavasena aṭṭhavidhaṃ hoti. Tattha –
混合的,依性根差别分为两种;在这里,具有自性者也分为两种。
或者两种、三种十法组合,连同从最低限度开始者。巴利
Missaṃ dvidhā bhāvabhedā, sabhāvaṃ tattha ca dvidhā; Dve vā tayo vā dasakā, omato ādinā saha.
“与色混合的结生识有两种性”:这里,除了无色有之外,与色混合的结生识会生起。它在色有中,因为离于被称为女根、男根的性而生起,所以无性;在欲有中,除了黄门的结生之外,因为与性一起生起,所以具性。这样就成了两种。巴利
‘Missaṃdvidhā bhāvabhedā’ti yañhetamettha aññatra arūpabhavā rūpamissaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ uppajjati, taṃ rūpabhave itthindriyapurisindriyasaṅkhātena bhāvena vinā uppattito kāmabhave aññatra jātipaṇḍakapaṭisandhiyā bhāvena saha uppattito sabhāvaṃ abhāvanti duvidhaṃ hoti.
在这里,具有性根者也有两种:因为在那里的具有性根者,总是与女性和男性这两种性别中的某一种同时生起,所以只有两种。巴利
‘Sabhāvaṃ tattha ca dvidhā’ti tatthāpi ca yaṃ sabhāvaṃ taṃ itthipurisabhāvānaṃ aññatarena saha uppattito duvidhameva hoti.
从最低限度来说,有两个或三个十法聚一同生起:这里所说的混合与不混合两种当中,作为根本的、与色混合的结生识,与它一起,按心所依十法聚和身十法聚算就是两个十法聚,按心所依、身、性十法聚算就是三个十法聚,从最低限度生起,再往后色法就不会减少了。而这个最低限量生起的时候,在卵生和胎生这两种胎门中,生起时就像用一根线蘸取的熟酥或生酥那样大小,得到“羯罗蓝”这个名称。在这里,应当根据胎门和趣来了解生起的差别。因为在它们当中——巴利
‘Dvevā tayo vā dasakā, omato ādinā sahā’ti yañhetamettha missaṃ amissanti dvaye ādibhūtaṃ rūpamissaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ, tena saha vatthukāyadasakavasena dve vā vatthukāyabhāvadasakavasena tayo vā dasakā omato uppajjanti, natthi ito paraṃ rūpaparihānīti. Taṃ panetaṃ evaṃ omakaparimāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ aṇḍajajalābujanāmikāsu dvīsu yonīsu jātiuṇṇāya ekena aṃsunā uddhatatelasappimaṇḍappamāṇaṃ kalalanti laddhasaṅkhaṃ hutvā uppajjati. Tattha yonīnaṃ gativasena sambhavabhedo veditabbo. Etāsu hi –
在地狱里、在地居天中,以及诸天中,都没有胎生。
三种在前三者中存在,在胎生中也有四种存在。巴利
Niraye bhummavajjesu, devesu ca na yoniyo; Tisso purimikā honti, catassopi gatittaye.
在这里,“在天界中”这个“ca”字,应当理解为:就像在地狱里,以及除了地居天之外的天界里一样,在被烈火焚烧的饿鬼当中,也不存在前三种生类,因为他们确实都是化生的。而在其余的三趣,也就是畜生、饿鬼境和人间,再加上前面排除掉的地居天当中,则有四种生类。其中——巴利
Tattha devesu cāti casaddena yathā niraye ca bhummavajjesu ca devesu, evaṃ nijjhāmataṇhikapetesu ca purimikā tisso yoniyo na santīti veditabbā. Opapātikā eva hi te honti. Sese pana tiracchānapettivisayamanussasaṅkhāte gatittaye pubbe vajjitabhummadevesu ca catasso yoniyo honti. Tattha –
在色界里,有三十九种色,最多七十种色。
在湿生和化生中,或者从最低处算起,有三十种色。巴利
Tiṃsa nava ceva rūpīsu, sattati ukkaṃsatova rūpāni; Saṃsedajopapātīsu, atha vā avakaṃsato tiṃsa.
在色界梵天的化生者当中,先依眼十法聚、耳十法聚、心所依十法聚和命根九法聚这四种聚,连同结生识一起,生起三十九种色。但在色界梵天之外,其余湿生和化生者中,最高的情况则依眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、性、心所依这七种十法聚,生起七十种色。这些色在天界中是恒常的。其中,色、香、味、食素、四大种、眼净色和命根,这十种色构成的一组,就叫眼十法聚。其余诸聚也应这样理解。最低的情况则是:天生瞎眼、耳聋、没有鼻子、非男非女的人,依舌十法聚、身十法聚和心所依十法聚,生起三十种色。在最高和最低之间,应当根据相应情况来分别理解。巴利
Rūpībrahmesu tāva opapātikayonikesu cakkhusotavatthudasakānaṃ jīvitanavakassa cāti catunnaṃ kalāpānaṃ vasena tiṃsa ca nava ca paṭisandhiviññāṇena saha rūpāni uppajjanti. Rūpībrahme pana ṭhapetvā aññesu saṃsedajaopapātikesu ukkaṃsato cakkhusotaghānajivhākāyabhāvavatthudasakānaṃ vasena sattati. Tāni ca niccaṃ devesu. Tattha vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā catasso cāpi dhātuyo cakkhupasādo jīvitindriyanti ayaṃ dasarūpaparimāṇo rūpapuñjo cakkhudasako nāma. Evaṃ sesā veditabbā. Avakaṃsato pana jaccandhabadhiraaghānakanapuṃsakassa jivhākāyavatthudasakānaṃ vasena tiṃsa rūpāni uppajjanti. Ukkaṃsāvakaṃsānaṃ pana antare anurūpato vikappo veditabbo.
这样知道之后,又说:巴利
Evaṃ viditvā puna –
以蕴、所缘、趣、因、受、喜、寻、伺为(观察角度);
死亡与结生之间的差别和无差别这一区分,应当被遍知。巴利
Khandhārammaṇagatihetu-vedanāpītivitakkavicārehi; Bhedābhedaviseso, cutisandhīnaṃ pariññeyyo.
对于这两种结生——也就是混合型和非混合型——以及紧接在它们之前的死亡,应当依据这些蕴等来了解其差别与无差别的区别,这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Yāhesā missāmissato duvidhā paṭisandhi, yā cassā atītānantarā cuti, tāsaṃ imehi khandhādīhi bhedābhedaviseso ñātabboti attho.
怎样呢?有时候,在无色界四蕴的死亡之后,紧接着生起的结生也是四蕴,而且所缘也没有差别;有时候,在以外在事物为所缘的非广大死亡之后,紧接着生起的是以内在事物为所缘的广大结生。以上只是就无色地来说的规律。然而,有时候在无色界四蕴的死亡之后,紧接着生起的是欲界五蕴的结生;有时候在欲界五蕴的死亡或色界死亡之后,紧接着生起的是无色界四蕴的结生。如此,在取过去所缘的死亡之后,有取过去、不可说、现在所缘的结生;在某种善趣死亡之后,有某种恶趣的结生;在无因死亡之后,有有因的结生;在二因死亡之后,有三因的结生;在舍俱死亡之后,有喜俱的结生;在无喜死亡之后,有有喜的结生;在无寻死亡之后,有有寻的结生;在无伺死亡之后,有有伺的结生;在无寻无伺死亡之后,有有寻有伺的结生。与此相反的情形,也应当按相应情况配合了知。巴利
Kathaṃ? Kadāci catukkhandhāya āruppacutiyā anantarā catukkhandhāva ārammaṇatopi abhinnā paṭisandhi hoti, kadāci amahaggatabahiddhārammaṇāya mahaggataajjhattārammaṇā. Ayaṃ tāva arūpabhūmīsuyeva nayo. Kadāci pana catukkhandhāya āruppacutiyā anantarā pañcakkhandhā kāmāvacarā paṭisandhi. Kadāci pañcakkhandhāya kāmāvacaracutiyā rūpāvacaracutiyā vā anantarā catukkhandhā āruppapaṭisandhi. Evaṃ atītārammaṇacutiyā atītanavattabbapaccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi, ekaccasugaticutiyā ekaccaduggatipaṭisandhi, ahetukacutiyā sahetukapaṭisandhi, duhetukacutiyā tihetukapaṭisandhi, upekkhāsahagatacutiyā somanassasahagatapaṭisandhi, appītikacutiyā sappītikapaṭisandhi, avitakkacutiyā savitakkapaṭisandhi, avicāracutiyā savicārapaṭisandhi, avitakkaavicāracutiyā savitakkasavicārapaṭisandhīti tassa tassa viparītato ca yathāyogaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
这仅仅是由因缘所成的法而已,它会走向另一种存在。
它并不是从那里转移过来的,也不是没有因就出现的。巴利
Laddhappaccayamitidhamma-mattametaṃ bhavantaramupeti; Nāssa tato saṅkanti, na tato hetuṃ vinā hoti.
因此,这只是获得了诸缘的色法与非色法,当它生起时,就说它趣向另一生,而不是“有情”,也不是“命者”。它既没有从过去生转移到这里,也不是没有原因就在这里出现。我们将通过清晰的人类死亡与结生的过程来说明这一点——巴利
Iti hetaṃ laddhapaccayaṃ rūpārūpadhammamattaṃ uppajjamānaṃ bhavantaraṃ upetīti vuccati, na satto, na jīvo. Tassa nāpi atītabhavato idha saṅkanti atthi, nāpi tato hetuṃ vinā idha pātubhāvo. Tayidaṃ pākaṭena manussacutipaṭisandhikkamena pakāsayissāma –
在过去生中,当临终死亡逼近时,无论是由于自然的力量还是其他原因,身体无法承受那些能切断全身大小关节的致命临终感受同时聚集,就像烈日下的一片绿叶逐渐干枯一样,身体渐渐枯萎。当眼等诸根灭尽,只剩下心所依处时,身根、意根和命根在那一刹那还有残余。依托于心所依处的识,便以重业、惯习业、近死业等其中之一所留下的残余条件所形成的诸行——也就是所谓的业,或者由业所呈现的业相、趣相——为所缘而转起。当它这样转起时,因为渴爱和无明还没有断除,无明遮蔽了其中的过患,渴爱便朝向那个所缘,俱生的诸行则将它投送过去。它被渴爱牵引、被诸行推动,就像一个人抓住系在此岸树上的绳索想越过水渠一样,它舍弃了前一个所依,或贪著或不贪著于由业所生的新所依,仅仅以所缘等条件而转起。巴利
Atītabhavasmiñhi sarasena upakkamena vā samāsannamaraṇassa asayhānaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasandhibandhanacchedakānaṃ māraṇantikavedanāsattānaṃ sannipātaṃ asahantassa ātape pakkhittaharitatālapaṇṇamiva kamena upasussamāne sarīre niruddhesu cakkhādīsu indriyesu hadayavatthumatte patiṭṭhitesu kāyindriyamanindriyajīvitindriyesu taṅkhaṇāvasesaṃ hadayavatthusannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ garusamāsevitāsannapubbakatānaṃ aññataraṃ laddhāvasesapaccayasaṅkhārasaṅkhātaṃ kammaṃ vā tadupaṭṭhāpitaṃ vā kammanimittagatinimittasaṅkhātaṃ visayamārabbha pavattati. Tadevaṃ pavattamānaṃ taṇhāavijjānaṃ appahīnattā avijjāpaṭicchāditādīnave tasmiṃ visaye taṇhā nāmeti , sahajātasaṅkhārā khipanti. Taṃ santativasena taṇhāya nāmiyamānaṃ saṅkhārehi khippamānaṃ orimatīrarukkhavinibaddharajjumālambitvā mātikātikkamako viya purimañca nissayaṃ jahati, aparañca kammasamuṭṭhāpitaṃ nissayaṃ assādayamānaṃ vā anassādayamānaṃ vā ārammaṇādīhiyeva paccayehi pavattati.
在这里,前一个由于从(前一生)离去而称为“死”,后一个由于连接到来生等而称为“结生”。应当知道,这个既不是从前一生来到这里的,也不是不依靠业、行、趣向、所缘等因就显现出来的。巴利
Ettha ca purimaṃ cavanato cuti, pacchimaṃ bhavantarādipaṭisandhānato paṭisandhīti vuccati. Tadetaṃ nāpi purimabhavā idha āgataṃ, nāpi tato kammasaṅkhāranativisayādihetuṃ vinā pātubhūtanti veditabbaṃ.
这里也可以有比喻,比如回声之类;
从相续的连接来看,既没有同一性,也没有别异性。巴利
Siyuṃ nidassanānettha, paṭighosādikā atha; Santānabandhato natthi, ekatā nāpi nānatā.
在这里,如果这个识没有从前一世来到此处,而是由过去世所包含的诸因使它生起,那么就可以用回声、灯焰、印章影这类事物来作比喻。就像回声、灯焰、印章影等,是以声音等为因而产生的,并没有从别处来到这里;这个心也是如此。在这里,从相续连结来说,既没有同一性,也没有别异性。因为如果相续连结存在时,绝对是同一性,那么从乳就不会产生酪。如果绝对是别异性,那么酪就不会依赖于乳。这个道理适用于一切因及因所生法。如果这样,那么一切世间言说都会坏失。而那是不受欢迎的。因此,在这里不应执取绝对的同一性或别异性。巴利
Ettha cetassa viññāṇassa purimabhavato idha anāgamane atītabhavapariyāpannahetūhi ca uppāde paṭighosapadīpamuddāpaṭibimbappakārā dhammā nidassanāni siyuṃ. Yathā hi paṭighosapadīpamuddacchāyā saddādihetukā aññatra agantvā honti, evameva idaṃ cittaṃ. Ettha ca ‘santānabandhato natthi ekatā nāpi nānatā’. Yadi hi santānabandhe sati ekantamekatā bhaveyya, na khīrato dadhi sambhūtaṃ siyā. Athāpi ekantanānatā bhaveyya, na khīrassādhīno dadhi siyā. Esa nayo sabbahetuhetusamuppannesu. Evañca sati sabbalokavohāralopo siyā. So ca aniṭṭho. Tasmā ettha na ekantamekatā vā nānatā vā upagantabbāti.
这里有人问:如果真的是这样,在没有转移的情况下显现,那么,在这个人身当中存在的诸蕴既然已经灭去,而作为果报之缘的业又没有去到那里,那这个果报岂不是成了别人的,或者是从别人那里来的吗?如果没有受用的人,这个果报又该是谁的呢?所以,这种说法并不妥当。对此,下面这样回答:巴利
Etthāha – nanu evaṃ asaṅkantipātubhāve sati ye imasmiṃ manussattabhāve khandhā, tesaṃ niruddhattā phalapaccayassa ca kammassa tattha agamanato aññassa aññato ca taṃ phalaṃ siyā? Upabhuñjake ca asati kassa taṃ phalaṃ siyā? Tasmā na sundaramidaṃ vidhānanti. Tatridaṃ vuccati –
在相续中,这个果不属于别人,也不是从别人那里来的;
种子的造作,就是用来证明这个道理的。巴利
Santāne yaṃ phalaṃ etaṃ, nāññassa na ca aññato; Bījānaṃ abhisaṅkhāro, etassatthassa sādhako.
在同一相续中,果报生起时,因为既不能说是绝对同一,也不能说是绝对别异,所以不能说它属于另一个,也不能说它是从另一个来的。而种子的造作正好能说明这个道理。比如芒果等种子,当各种造作都已完成,在那种子的相续中获得了条件,过一段时间就会生出特别的果实。这个果实不是从别的种子生出来的,也不是以别的种子的造作为条件而生出来的,而且那些种子或那些造作也不会到达果的位置。应当这样理解这个道理。同样,幼年身体所学的明咒、技艺、药物等,过一段时间在年老的身体等当中产生果报,这个道理也应当这样理解。巴利
Ekasantānasmiñhi phalamuppajjamānaṃ tattha ekantaṃ ekattanānattānaṃ paṭisiddhattā aññassāti vā aññatoti vā na hoti. Etassa ca panatthassa bījānaṃ abhisaṅkhāro sādhako. Ambabījādīnañhi abhisaṅkhāresu katesu tassa bījassa santāne laddhapaccayo kālantare phalaviseso uppajjamāno na aññabījānaṃ nāpi aññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā uppajjati, na ca tāni bījāni te abhisaṅkhārā vā phalaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇanti. Evaṃ sampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vijjāsipposadhādīhi cāpi bālasarīre upayuttehi kālantare vuḍḍhasarīrādīsu phaladehi ayamattho veditabbo.
那么,有人说“如果没有受用者,这个果报该属于谁呢?”对此——巴利
Yampi vuttaṃ ‘upabhuñjake ca asati kassa taṃ phalaṃ siyā’ti? Tattha –
正是随着果的生起,受用者这个假名才得以成立。
就像树因为结出果实,才在世俗上被称为“结果实的”。巴利
Phalassuppattiyā eva, siddhā bhuñjakasammuti; Phaluppādena rukkhassa, yathā phalati sammuti.
就像对于被称为树的那些事物,仅仅因为属于它一部分的树果生起,这棵树就被说成“结果了”或“已经结果了”;同样,对于被称为天和人的那些蕴,仅仅因为属于它一部分、被称为受用的苦乐果报生起,天或人就被说成“在受用”,或者说“快乐”或“痛苦”。所以在这里,并不存在任何另外的所谓受用者这种东西。巴利
Yathā hi rukkhasaṅkhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekadesabhūtassa rukkhaphalassa uppattiyā eva rukkho phalatīti vā phalitoti vā vuccati, tathā devamanussasaṅkhātānaṃ khandhānaṃ ekadesabhūtassa upabhogasaṅkhātassa sukhadukkhaphalassa uppādeneva devo vā manusso vā upabhuñjatīti vā sukhitoti vā dukkhitoti vā vuccati. Tasmā na ettha aññena upabhuñjakena nāma koci attho atthīti.
如果有人这样说:“即使如此,这些行在存在的时候成为果的缘,还是在不存在的时候成为果的缘。如果是在存在的时候为缘,那它们就在生起的那个刹那,就应该已经有果报;如果是在不存在的时候为缘,那它们在生起之前和生起之后,就应该一直都能带来果报。”对这样的人,应当这样回答:巴利
Yopi vadeyya – ‘evaṃ santepi ete saṅkhārā vijjamānā vā phalassa paccayā siyuṃ, avijjamānā vā. Yadi ca vijjamānā pavattikkhaṇeyeva nesaṃ vipākena bhavitabbaṃ. Atha avijjamānā, pavattito pubbe ca pacchā ca niccaṃ phalāvahā siyu’nti. So evaṃ vattabbo –
这些诸行由已作的业为缘,而非恒常带来果报;
在这里,应当通过担保等例子来理解。巴利
Katattā paccayā ete, na ca niccaṃ phalāvahā; Pāṭibhogādikaṃ tattha, veditabbaṃ nidassanaṃ.
诸行仅仅因为已经造作,就成为自己果报的缘,并不是因为存在或不存在。正如所说:“由于欲界善业已经造作、已经积集,果报眼识得以生起”等等(《法集论》431)。它们在相应地成为自己果报的缘之后,就不再继续带来果报,因为果报已经成熟。为了阐明这个道理,应当了知这里所说的担保等譬喻。巴利
Katattā eva hi saṅkhārā attano phalassa paccayā honti, na vijjamānattā vā avijjamānattā vā. Yathāha ‘‘kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’tiādi (dha. sa. 431). Yathārahassa attano phalassa ca paccayā hutvā na puna phalāvahā honti vipakkavipākattā. Etassa catthassa vibhāvane idaṃ pāṭibhogādikaṃ nidassanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
就像在世间,有人为了把某样东西交付出去而做担保,或者买东西,或者借债。他那个造作行为本身,只是成为交付那件事等的缘,并不是因为行为存在或不存在。而且在交付那件事等之后,他也不再是持有者。为什么?因为交付等已经做完了。同样,诸行也只是因为已经造作,才成为自己果报的缘,而在相应地给出果报之后,就不再带来果报了。到这里为止,就是以混杂和不混杂两种方式,说明了正在生起的结生识以诸行为缘而发生。巴利
Yathā hi loke yo kassaci atthassa niyyātanatthaṃ pāṭibhogo hoti, bhaṇḍaṃ vā kiṇāti, iṇaṃ vā gaṇhāti. Tassa taṃ kiriyākaraṇamattameva tadatthaniyyātanādimhi paccayo hoti, na kiriyāya vijjamānatā vā avijjamānatā vā. Na ca tadatthaniyyātanādito parampi dhārakova hoti. Kasmā? Niyyātanādīnaṃ katattā. Evaṃ katattāva saṅkhārāpi attano phalassa paccayā honti, na ca yathārahaṃ phaladānato parampi phalāvahā hontīti. Ettāvatā missāmissavasena dvidhāpi pavattamānassa paṭisandhiviññāṇassa saṅkhārapaccayā pavatti dīpitā hoti.
现在,为了破除对这一切三十二种识的迷惑——巴利
Idāni sabbesvetesu battiṃsaviññāṇesu sammohavighātatthaṃ –
这些结生与转起,是就诸有等而言的。
诸行及其诸缘应当被了知。巴利
Paṭisandhippavattīnaṃ , vasenete bhavādisu; Vijānitabbā saṅkhārā, yathā yesañca paccayā.
在这里,三有、四生、五趣、七识住、九有情居,这些就叫作“有”等。在这些“有”等当中,于结生和转起时,它们是哪些果报识的缘,又以什么方式成为缘,应当这样来了知。这就是这段的意思。巴利
Tattha tayo bhavā, catasso yoniyo, pañca gatiyo, satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, nava sattāvāsāti ete bhavādayo nāma. Etesu bhavādīsu paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca ete yesaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ paccayā yathā ca paccayā honti tathā vijānitabbāti attho.
在这当中,先说福行:以欲界八种思为区别的福行,总的来说,在欲界善趣里,于结生时对九种果报识,以异刹那业缘和亲依止缘这两种方式成为缘。以色界五种善思为区别的福行,在色界里,只于结生时对五种果报识成为缘。但如前所说的那种欲界福行,在欲界善趣里,对除了舍俱无因意识界之外的七种小果报识,按照前面说的方式,以两种方式在转起时成为缘,不是在结生时。这同一个福行在色界里,对五种果报识,也同样在转起时成为缘,不是在结生时。而在欲界恶趣里,对八种小果报识,也同样在转起时成为缘,不是在结生时。巴利
Tattha – puññābhisaṅkhāre tāva kāmāvacaraaṭṭhacetanābhedo puññābhisaṅkhāro avisesena kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ navannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ nānākkhaṇikakammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena cāti dvidhā paccayo. Rūpāvacarapañcakusalacetanābhedo puññābhisaṅkhāro rūpabhave paṭisandhiyaṃ eva pañcannaṃ. Vuttappabhedakāmāvacaro pana kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ upekkhāsahagatāhetukamanoviññāṇadhātuvajjānaṃ sattannaṃ parittavipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva dvidhā paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Sveva rūpabhave pañcannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Kāmabhave pana duggatiyaṃ aṭṭhannampi parittavipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ.
在这里,在地狱中,比如大目犍连长老游历地狱等时,遇到可爱所缘,那个福行就成为缘。而在畜生道中,以及龙、金翅鸟、有大神通的饿鬼等当中,可爱所缘确实也能得到。同样,那个福行在欲界善趣中,对于十六种善果报识,也以同样方式在转起时和结生时成为缘。总的来说,福行在色界中,对于十种果报识,也以同样方式在转起时和结生时成为缘。巴利
Tattha niraye mahāmoggallānattherassa narakacārikādīsu iṭṭhārammaṇasamāyoge so paccayo hoti. Tiracchānesu pana nāgasupaṇṇapetamahiddhikesu ca iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ labbhatiyeva. Sveva kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ soḷasannampi kusalavipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca. Avisesena puññābhisaṅkhāro rūpabhave dasannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.
十二种不善思的分别,也就是非福行,在欲界的恶趣中,对于一种识,同样在结生时成为缘,而不是在转起时;对于六种识,在转起时成为缘,而不是在结生时;对于七种不善果报识,则在转起时和结生时都成为缘。而在欲界的善趣中,对于同样的那七种识,也同样在转起时成为缘,而不是在结生时;在色界中,对于四种果报识,也同样在转起时成为缘,而不是在结生时。那是在欲界中,因为看到不可意的色、听到不可意的声等。然而在梵天界,并没有不可意的色等;同样,在欲界天界中也没有。巴利
Dvādasākusalacetanābhedo apuññābhisaṅkhāro kāmabhave duggatiyaṃ ekassa viññāṇassa tatheva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ, no pavatte; channaṃ pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ; sattannampi akusalavipākaviññāṇānaṃ pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca . Kāmabhave pana sugatiyaṃ tesaṃyeva sattannaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ; rūpabhave catunnaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. So ca kho kāmāvacare aniṭṭharūpadassanasaddasavanavasena . Brahmaloke pana aniṭṭhā rūpādayo nāma natthi, tathā kāmāvacaradevalokepi.
不动行在无色界中,对于四种果报识,同样在转起时和结生时都成为缘。巴利
Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro arūpabhave catunnaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.
不过,如果按照欲界善与不善的总摄方式来看,以二十种思为差别的身行,在欲界中作为十种果报识结生的缘时,有异刹那业缘和亲依止缘这两种方式。同样的身行,在欲界中作为十三种果报识的缘、在色界中作为九种果报识的缘时,也是在转起时以同样两种方式成为缘,而不是在结生时。同样的身行,在欲界中作为二十三种果报识的缘时,则是在转起和结生时都以同样两种方式成为缘。语行也是同样的道理。巴利
Kāmāvacarakusalākusalato pana sabbasaṅgāhikanayena vīsaticetanābhedopi kāyasaṅkhāro kāmabhave dasannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ nānākkhaṇikakammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena cāti dvidhā paccayo. Sveva kāmabhave terasannaṃ, rūpabhave navannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Sveva kāmabhave tevīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca. Vacīsaṅkhārepi eseva nayo.
以二十八种和二十九种思为差别的心行,在三有中,对十九种果报识,在结生时同样成为缘,但不在转起时。同样的心行,在下面二有中,对前面所说的十三种和九种——也就是二十二种果报识,在转起时同样成为缘,但不在结生时。而在三有中,对三十二种果报识,在转起和结生时都同样成为缘。这样,在诸有中,依结生和转起的分别,这些行对哪些识成为缘、怎样成为缘,应当如此了知。依照同样的道理,在生等处也应当了知。巴利
Aṭṭhavīsatiekūnatiṃsacetanābhedopi pana cittasaṅkhāro tīsu bhavesu ekūnavīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ, no pavatte. Sveva dvīsu bhavesu heṭṭhāvuttānaṃ terasannañca navannañcāti dvāvīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tīsu pana bhavesu dvattiṃsāyapi vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ceva paṭisandhiyañca. Evaṃ tāva bhavesu paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ vasena te saṅkhārā yesaṃ paccayā, yathā ca paccayā honti tathā vijānitabbā. Eteneva nayena yoniādīsupi veditabbā.
这里从一开始先做个简要说明:在这些行当中,福行首先在两种有里给出结生,并生起自身的一切果报;同样也在卵生等四种生、天与人的两种趣,以及异身异想、异身一想、一身异想、一身一想这四种识住里——这是就人类以及初禅、二禅、三禅地而言。而在无想有情居里,它只造作色法而已,所以在包括四种有情居里给出结生,并生起自身的一切果报。因此,这福行在这两种有、四种生、两种趣、四种识住、四种有情居里,按照所说的方法,在结生和转起时,随各自情况成为二十一种果报识的缘。巴利
Tatridaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya mukhamattappakāsanaṃ – imesu hi saṅkhāresu yasmā puññābhisaṅkhāro tāva dvīsu bhavesu paṭisandhiṃ datvā sabbaṃ attano vipākaṃ janeti, tathā aṇḍajādīsu catūsu yonīsu, devamanussasaṅkhātāsu dvīsu gatīsu, nānattakāyanānattasaññīnānattakāyaekattasaññīekattakāyanānattasaññīekattakāyaekattasaññīsaṅkhātāsu manussānañceva paṭhamadutiyatatiyajjhānabhūmīnañca vasena catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu. Asaññasattāvāse panesa rūpamattamevābhisaṅkharotīti catūsuyeva sattāvāsesu ca paṭisandhiṃ datvā sabbaṃ attano vipākaṃ janeti. Tasmā esa etesu dvīsu bhavesu, catūsu yonīsu, dvīsu gatīsu, catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, catūsu sattāvāsesu ca ekavīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti yathāsambhavaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca.
非福行只在一处欲有、四种生、其余三趣、名为“异身一想”的一种识住,以及同样那一种有情居里,以结生的方式成熟。所以,非福行在一种有、四种生、三种趣、一种识住、一种有情居中,按照前面所说的方式,在结生和转起时成为七种果报识的缘。巴利
Apuññābhisaṅkhāro pana yasmā ekasmiññeva kāmabhave, catūsu yonīsu, avasesāsu tīsu gatīsu, nānattakāyaekattasaññīsaṅkhātāya ekissā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā, tādiseyeva ca ekasmiṃ sattāvāse paṭisandhivasena vipaccati, tasmā esa ekasmiṃ bhave catūsu yonīsu, tīsu gatīsu, ekissā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā, ekamhi ca sattāvāse sattannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca.
不动行则因为在一种无色有中、在一种化生中、在一种天趣中、在空无边处等三种识住中、以及在空无边处等四种有情居中都以结生而成熟,所以它只在一种有中、在一种生中、在一种天趣中、在三种识住中、在四种有情居中,按照前面所说的方式,在结生和转起时成为四种识的缘。巴利
Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro pana yasmā ekasmiṃ arūpabhave, ekissā opapātikayoniyā, ekissā devagatiyā, ākāsānañcāyatanādīsu tīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, ākāsānañcāyatanādīsu ca catūsu sattāvāsesu paṭisandhivasena vipaccati, tasmā esa ekasmiṃyeva bhave, ekissā yoniyā, ekissā devagatiyā, tīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu catūsu sattāvāsesu, catunnaṃ viññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca.
身行也是同样的道理:因为它在一种欲有中、在四生中、在五趣中、在两种识住中、在两种众生居中结生之后,能产生自己的一切果报。因此,它在同一种有中、在四生中、在五趣中、在两种识住中、在两种众生居中,在结生时和转起时,同样作为二十三种果报识的缘。语行也是同样的道理。巴利
Kāyasaṅkhāropi yasmā ekasmiṃ kāmabhave, catūsu yonīsu, pañcasu gatīsu, dvīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, dvīsu ca sattāvāsesu paṭisandhiṃ datvā sabbaṃ attano vipākaṃ janeti, tasmā esa ekasmiṃ bhave, catūsu yonīsu, pañcasu gatīsu, dvīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, dvīsu ca sattāvāsesu tevīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca. Vacīsaṅkhārepi eseva nayo.
心行则不一样:除了某一个众生居之外,它在任何地方都会成熟。因此,它在三有、四生、五趣、七识住、八众生居之中,随各自对应的情况,在结生时和转起时,同样作为三十二种果报识的缘。但在无识的众生居里,就没有以行为缘的识。巴利
Cittasaṅkhāro pana yasmā ekaṃ sattāvāsaṃ ṭhapetvā na katthaci na vipaccati, tasmā esa tīsu bhavesu, catūsu yonīsu, pañcasu gatīsu, sattasu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, aṭṭhasu sattāvāsesu yathāyogaṃ dvattiṃsāya vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca. Aviññāṇake pana sattāvāse saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ natthi.
另外,福行对于无想有情来说,是依靠不同刹那的业缘,成为他们由业所生的色的缘。就像这样——巴利
Apica puññābhisaṅkhāro asaññasattesu kaṭattārūpānaṃ nānākkhaṇikakammapaccayena paccayoti. Evaṃ –
按照结生与转起的方式,这些在诸有等之中应被了知。
诸行应当被了知:它们如何成为那些的缘。巴利
Paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ , vasenete bhavādisu; Vijānitabbā saṅkhārā, yathā yesañca paccayāti.
名色基的解说巴利
Nāmarūpapadaniddeso
228 在解说“识缘名色”的部分——巴利
228. Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaniddese –
从教说的差别来看,它是在一切有等当中生起的。
应当以摄和缘的方式来了解决择。巴利
Desanābhedato sabba-bhavādīsu pavattito; Saṅgahā paccayanayā, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
从教说的无差别来看:在经中,对“色”这个词,先作了无差别的、统一的教说:“其中,什么是色?就是四大种以及四大种所造色”;而对“名”这个词,则是有差别的教说。巴利
‘Desanābhedato’ti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ rūpaṃ? Cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpa’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.2; ma. ni. 1.100) evaṃ tāva suttante ca idha rūpapadassa abhedato ekasadisā desanā katā; nāmapadassa pana bhedato.
在经里说的是:“其中,什么是名?受、想、思、触、作意。”而在这里说的是“受蕴、想蕴、行蕴”。因为在经中,为了显示以眼识为缘而生的名,以及已生起的名是心的住立、无色法的延续,由于不能离开其他法来把握这些,所以为了使它清楚明了,就把行蕴按思、触、作意分成三部分,连同另外两蕴一起宣说。而在这里,为了把经中已说和未说的一切名都统摄起来,就说“三蕴——受蕴、想蕴、行蕴”。巴利
Suttantasmiñhi ‘‘tattha katamaṃ nāmaṃ? Vedanā saññā cetanā phasso manasikāro’’ti vuttaṃ. Idha ‘‘vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho’’ti. Tattha hi yampi cakkhuviññāṇapaccayā nāmaṃ uppajjati, uppannañca cittassa ṭhiti arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ āyūti evaṃ aññadhammasannissayena aggahetabbato pākaṭaṃ, taṃ dassento cetanāphassamanasikāravasena saṅkhārakkhandhaṃ tidhā bhinditvā dvīhi khandhehi saddhiṃ desesi. Idha pana tattha vuttañca avuttañca sabbaṃ nāmaṃ saṅgaṇhanto ‘‘tayo khandhā – vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho’’ti āha.
那么,难道只有这三蕴是名,而识不是名吗?并非不是。不过,当把识也纳入进来理解时,就会出现名识和缘识这两种识同时并存的情况。因此,为了把识放在缘的位置上,以便说明由缘所生的名,就只说了这三蕴。关于“教说差别”的抉择,首先应当这样理解。巴利
Kiṃ pana ime tayo khandhāva nāmaṃ, viññāṇaṃ nāmaṃ nāma na hotīti? No na hoti. Tasmiṃ pana viññāṇe gayhamāne nāmaviññāṇassa ca paccayaviññāṇassa cāti dvinnaṃ viññāṇānaṃ sahabhāvo āpajjati. Tasmā viññāṇaṃ paccayaṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā paccayanibbattaṃ nāmaṃ dassetuṃ tayova khandhā vuttāti. Evaṃ tāva ‘desanābhedato’ viññātabbo vinicchayo.
对于“于一切有等中转起”这句话,名法除了一个有情居之外,在其余一切有、生、趣、识住和有情居当中生起。色法则在二有、四生、五趣、前四识住和五有情居当中生起。当名色这样生起时,对于无性胎生者和卵生者来说,在结生刹那,依处身方面会现起两个相续头和三无色蕴。因此,对他们详细来说,从色色方面有二十法,加上三无色蕴,这二十三种法应当了知为“识缘名色”。如果以未摄而总摄的方式,从一个相续头中除去九种色法,得到十四法;再加上具有性根者的性根十法聚,就是三十三法。对他们同样以未摄而总摄的方式,从两个相续头中除去十八种色法,得到十五法。巴利
‘Sabbabhavādīsu pavattito’ti ettha pana nāmaṃ ekaṃ sattāvāsaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbabhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisesasattāvāsesu pavattati. Rūpaṃ dvīsu bhavesu, catūsu yonīsu, pañcasu gatīsu, purimāsu catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, pañcasu ca sattāvāsesu pavattati. Evaṃ pavattamāne cetasmiṃ nāmarūpe yasmā abhāvakagabbhaseyyakānaṃ aṇḍajānañca paṭisandhikkhaṇe vatthukāyavasena rūpato dve santatisīsāni tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato vīsati dhammā tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete tevīsati dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana ekasantatisīsato nava rūpadhamme apanetvā cuddasa, sabhāvakānaṃ bhāvadasakaṃ pakkhipitvā tettiṃsa. Tesampi agahitaggahaṇena santatisīsadvayato aṭṭhārasa rūpadhamme apanetvā pannarasa.
在化生有情当中,梵身天等有情在结生的那一刹那,依眼十法聚、耳十法聚、处十法聚和命根九法聚,从色法方面现起四组相续流,以及三种非色蕴。因此,对他们详细来说,从色法方面有三十九法,加上三种非色蕴,这四十二法就应当理解为“以识为缘的名色”。不过,如果以“未摄之摄”的方式,从三组相续流中除去二十七法之后,就是十五法。巴利
Yasmā ca opapātikasattesu brahmakāyikādīnaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe cakkhusotavatthudasakānaṃ jīvitindriyanavakassa ca vasena rūparūpato cattāri santatisīsāni tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato ekūnacattālīsa dhammā tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete dvācattālīsa dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Agahitaggahaṇena pana santatisīsattayato sattavīsati dhamme apanetvā pannarasa.
不过在欲有中,因为其余的化生有情或湿生有情——自性圆满具足诸处者——在结生刹那,从色法方面现起七组相续流和三种非色蕴,所以对他们详细来说,从色法方面有七十法,加上三种非色蕴,这七十三法应当理解为“以识为缘的名色”。但以“未摄之摄”的方式,从六组相续流中除去五十四法后,剩下十九法。这是最高限度。从最低限度来说,对那些缺少各种色相续流的有情,按各自情况逐渐递减后,应当理解在结生时以识为缘的“名色”既可略说也可详说。对于无色界有情,则只有三种非色蕴。对于无想有情,从色法方面只有命根九法聚。以上就是结生时的规则。巴利
Kāmabhave pana yasmā sesaopapātikānaṃ vā saṃsedajānaṃ vā sabhāvakaparipuṇṇāyatanānaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe rūparūpato satta santatisīsāni tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato sattati dhammā tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete tesattati dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana santatisīsachakkato catupaññāsa dhamme apanetvā ekūnavīsati. Esa ukkaṃsato. Avakaṃsena pana taṃtaṃrūpasantatisīsavikalānaṃ tassa tassa vasena hāpetvā hāpetvā saṅkhepato ca vitthārato ca paṭisandhiviññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpasaṅkhātā veditabbā. Arūpīnaṃ pana tayova arūpino khandhā. Asaññīnaṃ rūpato jīvitindriyanavakamevāti. Esa tāva paṭisandhiyaṃ nayo.
在转起的时候,无论在哪个有色法转起的地方,在结生心住立的那个刹那,与结生心同时由时节所生的纯净八法聚就显现出来。不过,结生心本身并不产生色法。就像掉下悬崖的人没办法成为别人的依靠一样,这个心因为依处太弱、力量太弱,所以不能产生色法。从结生心之后开始,也就是从第一个有分心起,才有心所生的纯净八法聚。在声音出现的时候,从结生刹那之后,由转起的时节和心一起,产生声九法聚。至于那些靠段食维持生命、住在母胎里的有情——巴利
Pavatte pana sabbattha rūpappavattidese paṭisandhicittassa ṭhitikkhaṇe paṭisandhicittena saha pavattaututo utusamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakaṃ pātubhavati. Paṭisandhicittaṃ pana rūpaṃ na samuṭṭhāpeti. Tañhi yathā papāte patitapuriso parassa paccayo hotuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vatthudubbalatāya dubbalattā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Paṭisandhicittato pana uddhaṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgato pabhuti cittasamuṭṭhānakaṃ suddhaṭṭhakaṃ. Saddapātubhāvakāle paṭisandhikkhaṇato uddhaṃ pavattaututo ceva cittato ca saddanavakaṃ. Ye pana kabaḷikārāhārūpajīvino gabbhaseyyakasattā tesaṃ –
无论母亲吃下他的什么食物、饮料和饭食,
他就靠这个在母胎里维持生命,住在母胎中的人就是这样过活的。巴利
‘‘Yañcassa bhuñjatī mātā, annaṃ pānañca bhojanaṃ; Tena so tattha yāpeti, mātukucchigato naro’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.235);
按照说法,当母亲吃下的食物在身体里运行扩散时,以及对于化生有情来说,最初吞咽自己口中唾液的那一刻,就有食所生的纯八法聚;按最高限度,由食所生的纯八法聚、时节生和心生两种九法聚,共有二十六种色法;加上前面所说每一心刹那生起三次的业生色法,共七十种,这样合计九十六种色法,再加上三种非色蕴,总略为九十九法。由于声是不确定的,只是偶尔才出现,所以把这两种声九法聚也去掉,这九十七法应当理解为:一切有情各随其可能,以识为缘而有的名色。为什么呢?因为对那些睡着的、放逸的、行走的、吃东西的、喝东西的有情来说,这些法日夜都以识为缘而运转。至于它们以识为缘的性质,后面我们会说明。巴利
Vacanato mātarā ajjhoharitāhārena anugate sarīre, opapātikānaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ attano mukhagataṃ kheḷaṃ ajjhoharaṇakāle āhārasamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakanti idaṃ āhārasamuṭṭhānassa suddhaṭṭhakassa utucittasamuṭṭhānānañca ukkaṃsato dvinnaṃ navakānaṃ vasena chabbīsatividhaṃ, pubbe ekekacittakkhaṇe tikkhattuṃ uppajjamānaṃ vuttaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ sattatividhanti channavutividhaṃ rūpaṃ tayo ca arūpino khandhāti samāsato navanavuti dhammā. Yasmā vāsaddo aniyato kadācideva pātubhāvato, tasmā duvidhampi taṃ apanetvā ime sattanavuti dhammā yathāsambhavaṃ sabbasattānaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Tesañhi suttānampi pamattānampi carantānampi khādantānampi pivantānampi divā ca rattiñca ete viññāṇapaccayā pavattanti. Tañca tesaṃ viññāṇapaccayabhāvaṃ parato vaṇṇayissāma.
不过,这里由业所生的色法,虽然能在各种存在界、投生趣、识住之处、有情居住之处中最初建立起来,但如果得不到三种来源所生色法的支撑,就没办法安住;而那三种来源所生的色法,如果没有业生色法的支撑,也同样没办法安住。就像虽被风吹打、却立于四方的芦苇束一样,又像在大海里虽被浪涛冲击、却于某处获得立足的破船一样,正是这样互相支撑,它们才不会倒下。安住之后,或者一年,或者两年……乃至一百年,只要那些有情的寿命未尽或者福报未尽,它们就一直运转。应当知道,这里所说的“于一切有等中转起”的抉择,就是如此。巴利
Yaṃ panetamettha kammajarūpaṃ taṃ bhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsesu sabbapaṭhamaṃ patiṭṭhahantampi tisamuṭṭhānikarūpena anupatthaddhaṃ na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṃ, nāpi tisamuṭṭhānikaṃ tena anupatthaddhaṃ. Atha kho vātabbhāhatāpi catuddisavavatthāpitā naḷakalāpiyo viya, ūmivegabbhāhatāpi mahāsamudde katthaci laddhapatiṭṭhā bhinnavāhanikā viya ca aññamaññūpatthaddhānevetāni apatamānāni saṇṭhahitvā ekampi vassaṃ dvepi vassāni…pe… vassasatampi yāva tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyukkhayo vā puññakkhayo vā tāva pavattantīti. Evaṃ ‘sabbabhavādīsu pavattito’pettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.
在这里说到“总摄”时,应当这样理解:在无色界的转起和结生中,以及在五蕴有的转起中,以识为缘的只有名;在无想有情的一切状态中,以及在五蕴有的转起中,以识为缘的只有色;在五蕴有的一切状态中,以识为缘的是名色。把这一切按“名”“色”“名色”的方式,用部分代表整体的方法总摄起来,就说为“识缘名色”。如果有人说“在无想有情中没有识,所以这个说法不合理”,这并不不合理。为什么呢?巴利
‘Saṅgahā’ti ettha ca yaṃ āruppe pavattipaṭisandhīsu pañcavokārabhave ca pavattiyā viññāṇapaccayā nāmameva, yañca asaññīsu sabbattha pañcavokārabhave ca pavattiyā viññāṇapaccayā rūpameva, yañca pañcavokārabhave sabbattha viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpanti evaṃ ekadesasarūpekasesanayena saṅgahetvā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbaṃ. Asaññīsu viññāṇābhāvā ayuttanti ce nāyuttaṃ. Idañhi –
名色的因是识,它被认为是两种。
因为此正好与果报和非果报相应。巴利
Nāmarūpassa yaṃ hetu, viññāṇaṃ taṃ dvidhā mataṃ; Vipākamavipākañca, yuttameva yato idaṃ.
作为名色之因的识,按异熟与非异熟的区分,被认为有两种。而在无想有情中,色是业所生起的;在五蕴有中,色以转起的行作识为缘;同样,在五蕴有的转起中,善等心刹那的色也是业所生起的——这个说法确实是合理的。这样,此处应当依总摄来理解这一抉择。巴利
Yañhi nāmarūpassa hetu viññāṇaṃ taṃ vipākāvipākabhedato dvidhā mataṃ. Idañca asaññasattesu kammasamuṭṭhānattā pañcavokārabhave pavattaabhisaṅkhāraviññāṇapaccayā rūpaṃ, tathā pañcavokāre pavattiyaṃ kusalādicittakkhaṇe kammasamuṭṭhānanti yuttameva idaṃ. Evaṃ ‘saṅgahato’pettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.
在此,“缘的方法”这一说法,确实:巴利
‘Paccayanayā’ti ettha hi –
异熟识以九种方式成为名法的缘。
对于依处色,有九种方式;对于其余色,有八种方式。
行作识以单一方式对色而存在。
而其他的识,则各自如其所应。巴利
Nāmassa pākaviññāṇaṃ, navadhā hoti paccayo; Vatthurūpassa navadhā, sesarūpassa aṭṭhadhā. Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, hoti rūpassa ekadhā; Tadaññaṃ pana viññāṇaṃ, tassa tassa yathārahaṃ.
在结生或转起时,被称为异熟的名法,对于与色混合或不与色混合的识,即结生识或其他异熟识,通过俱生、相互、依止、相应、异熟、食、根、有、不离去这九种缘而成为缘。对于依处色,在结生时,通过俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、根、不相应、有、不离去这九种缘而成为缘。但是,除了依处色之外,对于其余色法,则在这九种缘中除去相互缘,通过其余八种缘而成为缘。至于行作识,对于无想有情的色,或者在五蕴有中对于业生色,按照经教的方式,仅仅通过亲依止缘这一种缘而成为缘。应当知道,从第一个有分开始,其余所有的识,都各自相应地成为各自名色的缘。如果要详细展示这些缘的方式,就必须广说全部的《发趣论》,所以这里不展开。巴利
Yañhetaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavattiyaṃ vā vipākasaṅkhātaṃ nāmaṃ, tassa rūpamissassa vā rūpaamissassa vā paṭisandhikaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vipākaviññāṇaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākaāhāraindriyaatthiavigatapaccayehi navadhā paccayo hoti. Vatthurūpassa paṭisandhiyaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākaāhāraindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi navadhā paccayo hoti. Ṭhapetvā pana vatthurūpaṃ sesarūpassa imesu navasu aññamaññapaccayaṃ apanetvā sesehi aṭṭhahi paccayehi paccayo hoti. Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ pana asaññasattarūpassa vā pañcavokāre vā kammajassa suttantikapariyāyena upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti. Avasesaṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgato pabhuti sabbampi viññāṇaṃ tassa tassa nāmarūpassa yathārahaṃ paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ. Vitthārato pana tassa paccayanaye dassiyamāne sabbāpi paṭṭhānakathā vitthāretabbā hotīti na taṃ ārabhāma.
在这里,也许有人会问:那么,怎么才能知道“结生名色是以识为缘”呢?可以从经典和道理两方面来知道。因为在经典中,通过“随于心转之法”等这样的方式,已经从很多方面成立受等诸法以识为缘。而从道理方面来说,则是:巴利
Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ ‘‘paṭisandhināmarūpaṃ viññāṇapaccayā hotī’’ti? Suttato yuttito ca. Sutte hi ‘‘cittānuparivattino dhammā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. dukamātikā 62) nayena bahudhā vedanādīnaṃ viññāṇapaccayatā siddhā. Yuttito pana –
确实,在这里,以色法是由心所生且当下可见的,才得以成立。
即使对于那未见的色,识也是它的缘。巴利
Cittajena hi rūpena, idha diṭṭhena sijjhati; Adiṭṭhassāpi rūpassa, viññāṇaṃ paccayo iti.
心清净或不清净时,与它相应的色法生起,这是能见到的。由已见到的,可以推知未见到的。因此应当知道:在这里,通过这已见到的心生色,对于未见的结生色,识也是它的缘。因为即使是业所生的色法,它和心所生的色法一样,都以识为缘,这在《发趣论》中已经说过。这样,在这里应当从缘的方式来了知和判定。巴利
Citte hi pasanne appasanne vā tadanurūpāni rūpāni uppajjamānāni diṭṭhāni. Diṭṭhena ca adiṭṭhassa anumānaṃ hotīti iminā idha diṭṭhena cittajarūpena adiṭṭhassāpi paṭisandhirūpassa viññāṇaṃ paccayo hotīti jānitabbametaṃ. Kammasamuṭṭhānassāpi hi tassa cittasamuṭṭhānasseva viññāṇapaccayatā paṭṭhāne (paṭṭhā. 1.1.53, 419) āgatāti. Evaṃ paccayanayato pettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.
在这里,世尊说“识缘名色”的时候,因为善于观察的智者从究竟真实来看,只见到纯粹的名色在生起运转,看不到有情,也看不到人;因此,这无上的法轮已被转动,在这个世间,无论是沙门、婆罗门、天神、魔、梵天,还是任何其他人,都无法使它逆转。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti bhāsamānena bhagavatā yasmā upaparikkhamānānaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ paramatthato nāmarūpamattameva pavattamānaṃ dissati, na satto, na poso; tasmā appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ hotīti.
六处的词条解说巴利
Saḷāyatanapadaniddeso
229 在解说“以名色为缘而有六处”这一部分时——巴利
229. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananiddese –
名是三种蕴,色被认定为四大种以及所依等。
那只是这同类者剩余之一的缘。巴利
Nāmaṃ khandhattayaṃ rūpaṃ, bhūtavatthādikaṃ mataṃ; Katekasesaṃ taṃ tassa, tādisasseva paccayo.
作为六处之缘的名色,其中“名”是指受等三蕴;“色”则属于自身相续,具体决定为四大种、六所依和命根,应当知道这就是大种及所依等。这名色,以“名与色、名色、名色”这样合称的方式,应当知道就是“第六处与六处、六处”这样合称的六处之缘。为什么?因为在无色界中,只有名是缘。而且那只是第六处的缘,不是别的。“以名为缘而有第六处”,这在无记品中将会说到。应当知道,这里所包含的,就是那里所分别的。巴利
Yañhetaṃ saḷāyatanassa paccayabhūtaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, tattha nāmanti vedanādikkhandhattayaṃ, rūpaṃ pana sakasantatipariyāpannaṃ niyamato cattāri bhūtāni cha vatthūni jīvitindriyanti evaṃ bhūtavatthādikaṃ matanti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ pana ‘‘nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpa’’nti evaṃ katekasesaṃ ‘‘chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatana’’nti evaṃ katekasesasseva saḷāyatanassa paccayoti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā āruppe nāmameva paccayo. Tañca chaṭṭhāyatanasseva, na aññassa. ‘‘Nāmapaccayā chaṭṭhāyatana’’nti hi abyākatavāre vakkhati. Idha saṅgahitameva hi tattha vibhattanti veditabbaṃ.
在这里或许会有这样的疑问:怎么知道“名色是六处的缘”呢?因为名色存在,六处才存在。也就是说,当某一名和色存在时,相应的处才存在,不是别的样子。而它这种“有彼则有此”的关系,会在讲缘的方式中显现出来。因此——巴利
Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ ‘‘nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanassa paccayo’’ti? Nāmarūpabhāve bhāvato. Tassa tassa hi nāmassa rūpassa ca bhāve taṃ taṃ āyatanaṃ hoti, na aññathā. Sā panassa tabbhāvabhāvībhāvatā paccayanayasmiññeva āvibhavissati. Tasmā –
无论是在结生的时候,还是在生命过程当中,它都是某个法的缘。
就像它作为缘的方式那样,有智慧的人应当这样理解。巴利
Paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte vā, hoti yaṃ yassa paccayo; Yathā ca paccayo hoti, tathā neyyaṃ vibhāvinā.
这里是对这个意思的说明:巴利
Tatrāyaṃ atthadīpanā –
在无色界,结生和转起的时候,确实只有名法。
以最低限度来说,它是以七种方式成为第六处的缘。巴利
Nāmameva hi āruppe, paṭisandhipavattisu; Paccayo sattadhā chaṭṭhā, hoti taṃ avakaṃsato.
怎么讲?先说“结生”时,最低限度是以俱生、相互、依止、相应、异熟、有、不离去这七种缘,作为第六处的缘。不过在这里,有些是以因缘,有些是以食缘,像这样还有其他方式的缘。根据这一点,应当了解最高和最低的情况。巴利
Kathaṃ? ‘Paṭisandhiyaṃ’ tāva avakaṃsato sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākaatthiavigatapaccayehi sattadhā nāmaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayenāti evaṃ aññathāpi paccayo hoti. Tassa vasena ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
在“转起”中,异熟也按照前面所说的方式成为缘。至于其余的,从最低限度来说,在前面所说的那些缘当中,除去异熟缘,以六种缘为缘。不过,在这里有些是以因缘,有些是以食缘,像这样也有其他不同的缘的方式。根据这一点,应当了解最高限度和最低限度。巴利
‘Pavatte’pi vipākaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti. Itaraṃ pana avakaṃsato vuttappakāresu paccayesu vipākapaccayavajjehi chahi paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayenāti evaṃ aññathāpi paccayo hoti. Tassa vasena ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
在其他存在中,名也是如此,结生时同样如此;
彼对第六处及其余诸处以六种方式为缘。巴利
Aññasmimpi bhave nāmaṃ, tatheva paṭisandhiyaṃ; Chaṭṭhassa itaresaṃ taṃ, chahākārehi paccayo.
在无色界之外的其他五蕴有中,这个异熟名法作为心所依处的同伴,就像在无色界中所说的那样,最低限度以七种方式成为第六意处的缘。而对于其余的眼处等五种处,它作为四大种的同伴,以俱生、依止、异熟、不相应、有、不离去这六种方式成为它们的缘。不过在这里,有的也以因缘为缘,有的也以食缘为缘,像这样还有其他方式成为缘。应当根据这一点来了知最高与最低的情况。巴利
Āruppato hi aññasmimpi pañcavokārabhave taṃ vipākanāmaṃ hadayavatthuno sahāyaṃ hutvā chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa yathā āruppe vuttaṃ tatheva avakaṃsato sattadhā paccayo hoti. Itaresaṃ panetaṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ catumahābhūtasahāyaṃ hutvā sahajāta nissayavipākavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chahākārehi paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayenāti evaṃ aññathāpi paccayo hoti. Tassa vasena ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
在转起中也是这样,成熟的法是成熟法的缘。
非异熟法以六种方式作为非异熟第六处的缘。巴利
Pavattepi tathā hoti, pākaṃ pākassa paccayo; Apākaṃ avipākassa, chadhā chaṭṭhassa paccayo.
在五蕴有的转起阶段,异熟名法对异熟的第六处,就像在结生时一样,最低限度以七种方式作为缘。而非异熟名法对非异熟的第六处,最低限度则要除去异熟缘,仅以六种方式作为缘。在这里,应当依照已说的方式来了知最高限度和最低限度。巴利
Pavattepi hi pañcavokārabhave yathā paṭisandhiyaṃ, tatheva vipākanāmaṃ vipākassa chaṭṭhāyatanassa avakaṃsato sattadhā paccayo hoti. Avipākaṃ pana avipākassa chaṭṭhassa avakaṃsatova tato vipākapaccayaṃ apanetvā chadhāva paccayo hoti. Vuttanayeneva panettha ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
就在那里,对剩余五种的异熟,可成为缘。
非异熟法也同样以四种方式被阐明。巴利
Tattheva sesapañcannaṃ, vipākaṃ paccayo bhave; Catudhā avipākampi, evameva pakāsitaṃ.
就在这转起之中,对于其余五处——眼处等——以眼净色等为依处的异熟名法,以及其他同样属于异熟的名法,都由后生缘、不相应缘、有缘、不离去缘这四种方式成为它们的缘。正如异熟名法是这样,非异熟名法也同样如此阐明。因此应当知道,善等分类的诸法也是以这四种方式成为它们的缘。如此,首先,在结生或转起中,名法本身如何成为某某处的缘,以及它如何成为缘,就应当照这样来了知。巴利
Tattheva hi pavatte sesānaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhuppasādādivatthukampi itarampi vipākanāmaṃ pacchājātavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayo hoti. Yathā ca vipākaṃ, avipākampi evameva pakāsitaṃ. Tasmā kusalādibhedampi tesaṃ catudhā paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ tāva nāmameva paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte vā yassa yassa āyatanassa paccayo hoti, yathā ca hoti, tathā veditabbaṃ.
不过在这里,色在无色有中成为缘。
连一个处也不是,而是在五蕴有的情况下。
从色法来看,结生时的所依处,以六种方式成为第六处的缘。
四大种对五种处,没有差别地以四种方式成为缘。巴利
Rūpaṃ panettha āruppa-bhave bhavati paccayo; Na ekāyatanassāpi, pañcakkhandhabhave pana. Rūpato sandhiyaṃ vatthu, chadhā chaṭṭhassa paccayo; Bhūtāni catudhā honti, pañcannaṃ avisesato.
在结生时,从色法来说,依处色以俱生、相互、依止、不相应、有、不离去这六种缘,对第六意处成为缘。而四大种在结生和转起时,不论对哪一个生起的处,都依该处而分别以俱生、依止、有、不离去这四种缘,对眼处等五种处成为缘。巴利
Rūpato hi paṭisandhiyaṃ vatthurūpaṃ chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi chadhā paccayo hoti. Cattāri pana bhūtāni avisesato paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca yaṃ yaṃ āyatanaṃ uppajjati, tassa tassa vasena pañcannampi cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ sahajātanissayaatthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayā honti.
如此,这些生命的命与食在转起时以三种方式存在,食也是。
它们对第六项以六种方式,而所依对那第六项本身以五种方式。巴利
Tidhā jīvitametesaṃ, āhāro ca pavattiyaṃ; Tāneva chadhā chaṭṭhassa, vatthu tasseva pañcadhā.
然而,对于眼等这五种,在结生和转起时,色命根以有缘、不离去缘、根缘之力,以三种方式成为缘。巴利
Etesaṃ pana cakkhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca atthiavigataindriyavasena rūpajīvitaṃ tidhā paccayo hoti.
“食”也是缘:食以有缘、不离去缘、食缘这三种方式成为缘。而且,它只对以食为生的有情,在转起时、在随食而生的身体运作中成为缘,不是在结生时。然而,眼处等五种,对被称为眼识、耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识的第六意处,在转起时以依止缘、前生缘、根缘、不相应缘、有缘、不离去缘这六种方式成为缘,不是在结生时。除去五识,对同一个剩余的意处,依处色在转起时以依止缘、前生缘、不相应缘、有缘、不离去缘这五种方式成为缘,不是在结生时。如此,应当了知:色在结生或转起时,对哪个处成为缘、以什么方式成为缘,都要如实理解。巴利
‘Āhāro cā’ti āhāro ca atthiavigataāhāravasena tidhā paccayo hoti. So ca kho ye sattā āhārūpajīvino, tesaṃ āhārānugate kāye pavattiyaṃyeva, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tāni pana pañca cakkhāyatanādīni chaṭṭhassa cakkhusotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇasaṅkhātassa manāyatanassa nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chahākārehi paccayā honti pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Ṭhapetvā pana pañca viññāṇāni tasseva avasesamanāyatanassa vatthurūpaṃ nissayapurejātavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena pañcadhā paccayo hoti pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Evaṃ rūpameva paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte vā yassa yassa āyatanassa paccayo hoti yathā ca hoti tathā veditabbaṃ.
而名色这两者,则成为某法的缘。
同样,有智慧的人也应该在一切情况下这样理解它。巴利
Nāmarūpaṃ panubhayaṃ, hoti yaṃ yassa paccayo; Yathā ca tampi sabbattha, viññātabbaṃ vibhāvinā.
比如:首先,在结生的时候,在五根境有中,由三蕴和依处色构成的名色,通过俱生、相互、依止、异熟、相应、不相应、有、不离去等缘,成为第六处的缘——这里只是提个纲要而已。不过,按照前面所说的方式,是可以把一切都贯通起来的,所以这里就不展开详细说明了。巴利
Seyyathidaṃ – paṭisandhiyaṃ tāva pañcavokārabhave khandhattayavatthurūpasaṅkhātaṃ nāmarūpaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākasampayuttavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayādīhi paccayo hotīti idamettha mukhamattaṃ. Vuttanayānusārena pana sakkā sabbaṃ yojetunti na ettha vitthāro dassitoti.
触的环节的解说巴利
Phassapadaniddeso
230 在解说“六处缘触”的部分——巴利
230. Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassaniddese –
简略来说,触就只有六种,也就是眼触等等。
就像识一样,它们详细来说有三十二种。巴利
Chaḷeva phassā saṅkhepā, cakkhusamphassaādayo; Viññāṇamiva battiṃsa, vitthārena bhavanti te.
“简略来说”,在巴利圣典中,眼触等只提到六种触。但详细来说,眼触等五种是善异熟、五种是不善异熟,这样共十种;其余二十二种则是与二十二种世间异熟识相应的。这样一来,一切触就像“行缘识”里所说的识一样,共有三十二种。而这三十二种触的缘,就是六处。其中——巴利
‘Saṅkhepato’ hi pāḷiyaṃ cakkhusamphassoti ādayo chaḷeva phassā āgatā. Vitthārena pana cakkhusamphassādayo pañca kusalavipākā pañca akusalavipākāti dasa, sesā bāvīsati lokiyavipākaviññāṇasampayuttā ca bāvīsatīti evaṃ sabbepi saṅkhārapaccayā vuttaviññāṇamiva bāttiṃsa honti. Yaṃ panetassa bāttiṃsavidhassāpi phassassa paccayo saḷāyatanaṃ. Tattha –
连同第六处,眼等内处也与外处一起。
有智慧的人不执着于六处,他们与六种(处)共处。巴利
Chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ, cakkhādiṃ bāhirehipi; Saḷāyatanamicchanti, chahi saddhiṃ vicakkhaṇā.
在这两种主张里,先看第一种:凡是主张“这是执取转起之论”的人,只说明属于同一相续的缘和缘生法。他们依据“第六处缘触”的经文,认为在无色界中,第六处以及在其他情况下按总括一切而来的六处都是触的缘。于是他们采用“以一部分代表其余”的方式,把眼等内处和这第六处合在一起,称为六处。因为那第六处和六处,确实都归入“六处”这个名称。
再看第二种:凡是只说明缘生法属于同一相续、而缘可以属于不同相续的人,他们说明任何成为触之缘的处时,把一切都包含进去,连外处也摄在内。于是他们把内处和这第六处合在一起,也和外色处等合在一起,统称为六处。因为那第六处和六处,在这种省略归纳中,也都归入“六处”这个名称。巴利
Tattha ye tāva ‘‘upādinnakapavattikathā aya’’nti ekasantatipariyāpannameva paccayaṃ paccayuppannañca dīpenti, te chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phassoti pāḷianusārato āruppe chaṭṭhāyatanañca aññattha sabbasaṅgahato saḷāyatanañca phassassa paccayoti ekadesasarūpekasesaṃ katvā chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ cakkhādiṃ saḷāyatananti icchanti. Tañhi chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatanantveva saṅghaṃ gacchati. Ye pana paccayuppannameva ekasantatipariyāpannaṃ dīpenti, paccayaṃ pana bhinnasantānampi, te yaṃ yaṃ āyatanaṃ phassassa paccayo hoti taṃ sabbaṃ dīpentā bāhirampi pariggahetvā tadeva chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ bāhirehipi rūpāyatanādīhi saddhiṃ saḷāyatananti icchanti. Tampi hi chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatananti etesaṃ ekasese kate saḷāyatanantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
这里有人问:并不是从所有的处生起同一个触,也不是从一个处生起所有的触,而这里只说了“六处缘触”这一个触,那是为什么呢?对此的回答是:确实如此。并不是从所有的处生起同一个触,也不是从一个处生起所有的触,但是可以从多个处生起同一个触。比如眼触,是从眼处、色处、称为眼识的意处,以及其余相应法处生起的;像这样,在一切情况下都应依照相应的方式配合理解。因此,确实如此——巴利
Etthāha – na sabbāyatanehi eko phasso sambhoti, nāpi ekamhā āyatanā sabbe phassā, ayañca saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti ekova vutto, so kasmāti? Tatridaṃ vissajjanaṃ – saccametaṃ. Sabbehi eko ekamhā vā sabbe na sambhonti, sambhoti pana anekehi eko; yathā cakkhusamphasso cakkhāyatanā rūpāyatanā cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhātā manāyatanā avasesā sampayuttadhammāyatanā cāti evaṃ sabbattha yathānurūpaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tasmā eva hi –
然而,被说明为一个从一处生起者。
这个触在这里是由已达到如是境界者用单数解说而解说的。巴利
Eko panekāyatana-ppabhavo iti dīpito; Phassoyaṃ ekavacana-niddesenidha tādinā.
所谓“以单数语解说”,就是通过“以六处为缘而有触”这一单数语的解说,说明由众多处生起一种触,这是具足如如功德者所开示的。然而,在诸处之中——巴利
‘Ekavacananiddesenā’ti saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti iminā hi ekavacananiddesena anekehi āyatanehi eko phasso hotīti tādinā dīpitoti attho. Āyatanesu pana –
五类以六种方式,然后一类以九种方式,外六者则六。
按照各自的情况,说明它作为缘的性质。巴利
Chadhā pañca tato ekaṃ, navadhā bāhirāni cha; Yathāsambhavametassa, paccayatte vibhāvaye.
这里要说明的是:先说眼处等五处,它们依照眼触等五种触的差别,以依止、前生、根、不相应、有、不离去这六种方式作为缘。接下来,一个异熟意处,对于种种不同的异熟意触,则以俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、根、相应、有、不离去这九种方式作为缘。至于外处,色处对于眼触,是以所缘、前生、有、不离去这四种方式作为缘;声处等对于耳触等,也是这样。而对于意触,那些外处以及法处,也同样只是以所缘缘的方式作为缘。这样,外六处就随各自情况说明了它们是此触的缘。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – cakkhāyatanādīni tāva pañca cakkhusamphassādibhedato pañcavidhassa phassassa nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chadhā paccayā honti. Tato paraṃ ekaṃ vipākamanāyatanaṃ anekabhedassa vipākamanosamphassassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākaāhāraindriyasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena navadhā paccayo hoti. Bāhiresu pana rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhusamphassassa ārammaṇapurejātaatthiavigatavasena catudhā paccayo hoti. Tathā saddāyatanādīni sotasamphassādīnaṃ. Manosamphassassa pana tāni dhammāyatanañca tathā ca ārammaṇapaccayamatteneva cāti evaṃ bāhirāni cha yathāsambhavametassa paccayatte vibhāvayeti.
231 在解释“以触为缘而有受”的部分——巴利
231. Phassapaccayā vedanāniddese –
从门的角度来说,受被说为眼触所生受等诸受;
这六种受,按它们的类别来分,被认为有八十九种。巴利
Dvārato vedanā vuttā, cakkhusamphassajādikā; Chaḷeva tā pabhedena, ekūnanavutī matā.
“眼触所生受”等,确实是巴利圣典中按这种分类方式,从门的角度只说了眼触所生受等六种受。不过,如果按详细分类,因为它们与八十九种心相应,所以被认为有八十九种。巴利
Cakkhusamphassajāvedanātiādinā hi nayena pāḷiyaṃ imā cakkhusamphassajādikā dvārato chaḷeva vedanā vuttā. Tā pana pabhedena ekūnanavutiyā cittehi sampayuttattā ekūnanavutīti matā.
在这些受当中,这里有三十二种受;
与异熟心相应的,被称为这里所说的。
在这里,以八种方式成为五门中五者的缘。
其余的,触以一种方式;在意门中,它也是如此。巴利
Vedanāsu panetāsu, idha bāttiṃsa vedanā; Vipākacittayuttāva, adhippetāti bhāsitā. Aṭṭhadhā tattha pañcannaṃ, pañcadvāramhi paccayo; Sesānaṃ ekadhā phasso, manodvārepi so tathā.
在这里,对于五门中以眼净色等为依处的五种受,眼触等触以俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、相应、有、不离去这八种方式成为它们的缘。而对于其余的受,也就是在每一门中以领受、推度、彼所缘的方式生起的欲界异熟受,眼触等触只以亲依止缘这一种方式成为它们的缘。巴利
Tattha hi pañcadvāre cakkhupasādādivatthukānaṃ pañcannaṃ vedanānaṃ cakkhusamphassādiko phasso sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākaāhārasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena aṭṭhadhā paccayo hoti. Sesānaṃ pana ekekasmiṃ dvāre sampaṭicchanasantīraṇatadārammaṇavasena pavattānaṃ kāmāvacaravipākavedanānaṃ cakkhusamphassādiko phasso upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti.
“在意门中,它也是如此”:因为在意门中,对于那些以彼所缘的方式生起的欲界异熟受,那被称为俱生意触的触,同样以八种方式成为缘;对于以结生、有分和死亡的方式生起的三地异熟受,也是如此。然而,那些在意门中以彼所缘的方式生起的欲界受,与意门转向相应的意触,只以亲依止缘这一种方式成为它们的缘。巴利
‘Manodvārepi so tathā’ti manodvārepi hi tadārammaṇavasena pavattānaṃ kāmāvacaravipākavedanānaṃ so sahajātamanosamphassasaṅkhāto phasso tatheva aṭṭhadhā paccayo hoti, paṭisandhibhavaṅgacutivasena ca pavattānaṃ tebhūmakavipākavedanānampi. Yā panetā manodvāre tadārammaṇavasena pavattā kāmāvacaravedanā, tāsaṃ manodvāre āvajjanasampayutto manosamphasso upanissayavasena ekadhā paccayo hotīti.
232 在讲解“以受为缘而有渴爱”的部分中——巴利
232. Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāniddese –
按照色渴爱等的类别,这里说明了六种渴爱。
在这里,每一种都依照它生起的方式,被认为有三种。巴利
Rūpataṇhādibhedena, cha taṇhā idha dīpitā; Ekekā tividhā tattha, pavattākārato matā.
在这个以受为缘而解说渴爱的地方,就像“长者的儿子、婆罗门的儿子”是依父亲来命名一样,这些色渴爱……(中略)……法渴爱,是依所缘来命名,由此说明、显示、宣说了六种渴爱,这就是它的意思。其中,应当按“对色有渴爱,所以是色渴爱”这样的方式,来理解词义。巴利
Imasmiñhi vedanāpaccayā taṇhāniddese ‘seṭṭhiputto brāhmaṇaputto’ti pitito nāmavasena putto viya imā rūpataṇhā…pe… dhammataṇhāti ārammaṇato nāmavasena cha taṇhā dīpitā pakāsitā kathitāti attho. Tattha rūpe taṇhā rūpataṇhāti iminā nayena padattho veditabbo.
在这些渴爱当中,每一种渴爱按它生起的方式,又被认为是三种:欲爱、有爱、无有爱。也就是说,当色爱以贪著欲乐的方式,对出现在眼前的色所缘生起时,那时就叫欲爱。当它对同一个所缘,伴随着“这是常、是永恒”的常见一起生起时,那时就叫有爱——与常见相应的贪,就称为有爱。当它对同一个所缘,伴随着“会断灭、会消失”的断见一起生起时,那时就叫无有爱——与断见相应的贪,就称为无有爱。对声爱等等也是同样的道理。这样,就有十八种渴爱。巴利
Tāsu ca pana taṇhāsu ekekā taṇhā pavattiākārato kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhāti evaṃ tividhā matā. Rūpataṇhā eva hi yadā cakkhussa āpāthagataṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ kāmassādavasena assādayamānā pavattati, tadā kāmataṇhā nāma hoti. Yadā tadevārammaṇaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatanti pavattāya sassatadiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ pavattati, tadā bhavataṇhā nāma hoti. Sassatadiṭṭhisahagato hi rāgo bhavataṇhāti vuccati. Yadā pana tadevārammaṇaṃ ‘‘ucchijjati vinassatī’’ti pavattāya ucchedadiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ pavattati, tadā vibhavataṇhā nāma hoti. Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato hi rāgo vibhavataṇhāti vuccati. Eseva nayo saddataṇhādīsupīti etā aṭṭhārasa taṇhā honti.
这些渴爱,按内在的色等所缘有十八种,按外在的色等所缘也有十八种,一共三十六种。这样,过去的三十六种、未来的三十六种、现在的三十六种,加起来就是一百零八种渴爱。不过,如果把它们归纳起来,应当知道:按色等所缘来分有六种,或者按欲爱等来分只有三种渴爱。为什么呢?因为众生享受自己的孩子之后,以对孩子的我所执,就像对乳母一样;他们享受由色等所缘而生起的感受之后,以对感受的我所执,对提供色等所缘的画师、乐师、调香师、厨师、织工、配药者、医师等人给予极大的恭敬。所以应当知道,这一切渴爱都是以受为条件的。巴利
Tā ajjhattarūpādīsu aṭṭhārasa, bahiddhā aṭṭhārasāti chattiṃsa. Iti atītā chattiṃsa, anāgatā chattiṃsa, paccuppannā chattiṃsāti aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhā honti. Tā pana saṃṅkhippamānā rūpādiārammaṇavasena cha, kāmataṇhādivasena vā tissova taṇhā hontīti veditabbā. Yasmā panime sattā puttaṃ assādetvā putte mamattena dhātiyā viya rūpādiārammaṇavasena uppajjamānaṃ vedanaṃ assādetvā vedanāya mamattena rūpādiārammaṇadāyakānaṃ cittakāragandhabbagandhikasūdatantavāyarasāyanavidhāyakavejjādīnaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ karonti, tasmā sabbāpesā vedanāpaccayā taṇhā hotīti veditabbā.
因为这里所指的,是异熟乐受;
它只有一种,而且是以一种方式存在,因此是渴爱的缘。巴利
Yasmā cettha adhippetā, vipākasukhavedanā; Ekāva ekadhā cesā, tasmā taṇhāya paccayo.
“以一种方式”:它是通过亲依止缘而成为缘的。或者说——巴利
‘Ekadhā’ti upanissayapaccayena paccayo hoti. Yasmā vā –
受苦的人渴望快乐,快乐的人还想要更多。
不过,舍因为寂静,就被说成是乐。
因此,此三受皆以渴爱为缘;
以受为缘,渴爱生起,这是大牟尼所说的。
亦以受为缘,因为不离随眠。
因此,它就不存在——对那位梵行已立的婆罗门来说。巴利
Dukkhī sukhaṃ patthayati, sukhī bhiyyopi icchati; Upekkhā pana santattā, sukhamicceva bhāsitā. Taṇhāya paccayā tasmā, honti tissopi vedanā; Vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, iti vuttā mahesinā. Vedanā paccayā cāpi, yasmā nānusayaṃ vinā; Hoti tasmā na sā hoti, brāhmaṇassa vusīmatoti.
取的条目解释巴利
Upādānapadaniddeso
233 在解说“以渴爱为缘而有取”的部分中:巴利
233. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaniddese –
取有四种,现在按含义来分别说明。
要从法的简要说明和详细展开,以及它们的次第来阐明。巴利
Upādānāni cattāri, tāni atthavibhāgato; Dhammasaṅkhepavitthārā, kamato ca vibhāvaye.
在巴利圣典里说到“取”时,提到了这四种取:欲取……中间省略……我语取。对它们的含义可以这样分别:
执取被称为所依的欲乐,这就是欲取;或者,它既是欲乐又是取,所以叫欲取。“取”的意思是紧紧抓住。这里的前缀upa-有“坚固”的意思,就像在upāyāsa(恼)和upakaṭṭha(近)这些词里一样。
同样地,它既是邪见又是取,所以叫见取;或者,执取邪见,所以叫见取。因为在“我与世间是常”这类说法中,后起的邪见执取了先起的邪见。
同样地,执取戒禁,所以叫戒禁取;或者,它既是戒禁又是取,所以叫戒禁取。因为像牛戒、牛行这些,由于认定“这样就能清净”的执著,它们本身就是取。
同样地,依此而说,所以叫“语”;依此而执取,所以叫“取”。说什么、执取什么呢?说“我”,执取“我”。执取我语,就是我语取;或者,仅仅把“我语”执取为“我”,所以我语取。
以上就是对它们含义的分别。巴利
Pāḷiyañhi upādānanti kāmupādānaṃ…pe… attavādupādānanti imāni cattāri upādānāni āgatāni. Tesaṃ ayaṃ atthavibhāgo – vatthusaṅkhātaṃ kāmaṃ upādiyatīti kāmupādānaṃ. Kāmo ca so upādānañcātipi kāmupādānaṃ. Upādānanti daḷhaggahaṇaṃ. Daḷhattho hettha upasaddo upāyāsa-upakaṭṭhādīsu viya. Tathā diṭṭhi ca sā upādānañcāti diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Diṭṭhiṃ upādiyatīti vā diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Sassato attā ca loko cātiādīsu hi purimadiṭṭhiṃ uttaradiṭṭhi upādiyati. Tathā sīlabbataṃ upādiyatīti sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Sīlabbatañca taṃ upādānañcātipi sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Gosīlagovatādīni hi evaṃ suddhīti abhinivesato sayameva upādānānīti. Tathā vadanti etenāti vādo, upādiyanti etenāti upādānaṃ. Kiṃ vadanti upādiyanti vā? Attānaṃ. Attano vādupādānaṃ attavādupādānaṃ. Attavādamattameva vā attāti upādiyanti etenāti attavādupādānaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva tesaṃ atthavibhāgo.
在《法的略说与广说》中,先就欲取来说,因为经典里这样记载:“其中,什么是欲取?就是对诸欲的欲求、欲贪、欲喜、欲爱、欲恋、欲热恼、欲迷醉、欲耽著——这称为欲取。”所以从略说来看,这里说的是渴爱的坚固。所谓渴爱的坚固,就是以前面的渴爱作为亲依止缘而坚固生起的后面的渴爱本身。不过有些人说:对还没得到的境界的希求是渴爱,就像黑暗中盗贼伸出手去;对已经得到的境界的抓取是取,就像那个盗贼抓住东西。这些法正是少欲知足的反面。同样,它们是遍求与守护之苦的根源。至于其余三种取,从略说来看,仅仅是邪见而已。巴利
‘Dhammasaṅkhepavitthāre’ pana kāmupādānaṃ tāva ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kāmupādānaṃ? Yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ – idaṃ vuccati kāmupādāna’’nti āgatattā saṅkhepato taṇhādaḷhattaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṇhādaḷhattaṃ nāma purimataṇhāupanissayapaccayena daḷhasambhūtā uttarataṇhā eva. Keci panāhu – appattavisayapatthanā taṇhā, andhakāre corassa hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya. Sampattavisayaggahaṇaṃ upādānaṃ, tasseva bhaṇḍaggahaṇaṃ viya. Appicchatāsantuṭṭhitāpaṭipakkhā ca te dhammā. Tathā pariyesanārakkhadukkhamūlāti. Sesupādānattayaṃ pana saṅkhepato diṭṭhimattameva.
从广说的角度来看,先前在色等项目中已经说过的、即使分出一百零八种的渴爱,其坚固状态就是欲取。以十种事为对象的邪见是见取。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是见取?认为没有布施,没有供养……亲身证知后而宣称——凡是这类邪见……颠倒执取,这称为见取。”而依靠戒和禁制来执取清净,则是戒禁取。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是戒禁取?认为依靠外部的沙门、婆罗门的戒而清净,依靠誓愿而清净,依靠戒禁而清净——凡是这类邪见……颠倒执取,这称为戒禁取。”以二十种事为对象的有身见是我语取。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是我语取?在这里,未听闻正法的凡夫……未在善士的法中受过训练,把色看作我……颠倒执取,这称为我语取。”以上就是这里对法的略说与广说。巴利
Vitthārato pana pubbe rūpādīsu vuttāya aṭṭhasatappabhedāyapi taṇhāya daḷhabhāvo kāmupādānaṃ. Dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ? Natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ…pe… sacchikatvā pavedentīti yā evarūpā diṭṭhi…pe… vipariyesaggāho – idaṃ vuccati diṭṭhupādāna’’nti (dha. sa. 1221; vibha. 938) sīlavatehi suddhiparāmasanaṃ pana sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ? Ito bahiddhā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sīlena suddhi, vatena suddhi, sīlabbatena suddhīti yā evarūpā diṭṭhi…pe… vipariyesaggāho – idaṃ vuccati sīlabbatupādāna’’nti (dha. sa. 1222; vibha. 938). Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi attavādupādānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ attavādupādānaṃ? Idha assutavā puthujjano…pe… sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati…pe… vipariyesaggāho – idaṃ vuccati attavādupādāna’’nti (dha. sa. 1223; vibha. 938). Ayamettha dhammasaṅkhepavitthāro.
关于“次第”这里,有三种次第:生起的次第、断除的次第、说法的次第。其中,在无始轮回中,这些烦恼没有最初的生起,所以不能说有严格意义上的生起次第。但从宽泛的角度来说,大多数情况下,在某一世中,先以我执为前导,产生常见或断见的执著。接着,执取“这个我是常恒的”的人,为了净化自我而执取戒禁取;执取“断灭”的人,不顾来世而执取欲取。这样一来,首先是我语取,然后是见取、戒禁取、欲取。这就是它们在同一世中的生起次第。巴利
‘Kamato’ti ettha pana tividho kamo – uppattikkamo, pahānakkamo, desanākkamo ca. Tattha anamatagge saṃsāre imassa paṭhamaṃ uppattīti abhāvato kilesānaṃ nippariyāyena uppattikkamo na vuccati. Pariyāyena pana yebhuyyena ekasmiṃ bhave attaggāhapubbaṅgamo sassatucchedābhiniveso. Tato ‘‘sassato ayaṃ attā’’ti gaṇhato attavisuddhatthaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ, ucchijjatīti gaṇhato paralokanirapekkhassa kāmupādānanti evaṃ paṭhamaṃ attavādupādānaṃ, tato diṭṭhisīlabbatakāmupādānānīti ayametesaṃ ekasmiṃ bhave uppattikkamo.
在这里,见取等要先断除,因为它们是入流道所断的。欲取则要后断除,因为它是阿罗汉道所断的。这就是它们断除的次第。巴利
Diṭṭhupādānādīni cettha paṭhamaṃ pahīyanti sotāpattimaggavajjhattā. Kāmupādānaṃ pacchā arahattamaggavajjhattāti. Ayametesaṃ pahānakkamo.
欲取因为所缘范围广、又很显眼,所以在这几种取里最先被说明。它的所缘范围广,是因为它和八种心相应;其余几种取的所缘范围小,是因为它们只和四种心相应。而且,大多数众生本来就贪恋、喜好欲乐,所以欲取很明显,其余几种取就不这样。贪著欲取的人,为了得到各种感官欲乐,多半热衷于热闹庆典、吉凶仪式之类的事,而不是执持常见,所以紧接着欲取之后就说见取。见取在被细分时,按戒禁取和我语取分成两种。在这两种里,牛戒、狗戒这类事情即使只是看到也容易明白,所以戒禁取比较粗显,就先说;我语取因为微细,所以放在最后说。这就是它们被解说的次第。巴利
Mahāvisayattā pana pākaṭattā ca etesu kāmupādānaṃ paṭhamaṃ desitaṃ. Mahāvisayañhi taṃ aṭṭhacittasampayogā. Appavisayāni itarāni catucittasampayogā. Yebhuyyena ca ālayarāmatāya pajāya pākaṭaṃ kāmupādānaṃ, na itarāni. Kāmupādānavā vatthukāmānaṃ samadhigamatthaṃ kotūhalamaṅgalādibahulo hoti, na sassatadiṭṭhīti tadanantaraṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Taṃ pabhijjamānaṃ sīlabbataattavādupādānavasena duvidhaṃ hoti. Tasmiṃ dvaye gokiriyaṃ vā kukkurakiriyaṃ vā disvāpi veditabbato oḷārikanti sīlabbatupādānaṃ paṭhamaṃ desitaṃ, sukhumattā ante attavādupādānanti ayametesaṃ desanākkamo.
渴爱在此也是前者的缘,以一种方式成为缘。
对于其余三种取,它则以七种或八种方式成为缘。巴利
Taṇhā ca purimassettha, ekadhā hoti paccayo; Sattadhā aṭṭhadhā vāpi, hoti sesattayassa sā.
在这里,对于这样宣说的四种取,前一种欲取,欲爱只以亲依止缘这一种方式成为它的缘,因为它生起于渴爱所欢喜的境中。至于其余三种取,则依俱生、相互、依止、相应、有、非存在、因这些方面,以七种方式为缘;或者再加上亲依止缘,以八种方式为缘。而当它以亲依止缘为缘时,它就不是俱生的。巴利
Ettha ca evaṃ desite upādānacatukke purimassa kāmupādānassa kāmataṇhā upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti taṇhābhinanditesu visayesu uppattito. Sesattayassa pana sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatahetuvasena sattadhā vā upanissayena saha aṭṭhadhā vāpi paccayo hoti. Yadā ca sā upanissayavasena paccayo hoti tadā asahajātāva hotīti.
234 在解释“取缘有”的部分——巴利
234. Upādānapaccayā bhavaniddese –
从实义和法理两方面,以及从利益、分类和摄集的角度,
凡是某法的缘,以及应当被了知的判定。巴利
Atthato dhammato ceva, sātthato bhedasaṅgahā; Yaṃ yassa paccayo ceva, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
在这里,“存在”就是“有”。“以两种方式”意思是以两种形态发生。或者,“以两种方式”是依据工具格的表达,也就是“以两种方式”的意思。“存在”就是现前存在。业本身就是有,叫业有;再生本身就是有,叫生有。这里,再生被称为有,因为它存在。而业,就像因为能带来快乐而说“诸佛出世是乐”那样,同样因为是有之因,依果报的名称,也应当理解为有。其中,“什么是业有?”意思是在这两种有当中,被称为业有的那个是什么?就是前面已经说过的福行等等。“一切”指没有剩余。“趣向有、导向有”,所以叫“趣有”。这样说排除了出世间,因为这里讲的是流转,而出世间是还灭所依的。“被造作”,所以是业。巴利
Tattha bhavatīti bhavo. Duvidhenāti dvīhi ākārehi pavattitoti attho. Athavā duvidhenāti paccate karaṇavacanaṃ, duvidhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Atthīti saṃvijjati. Kammameva bhavo kammabhavo. Upapattiyeva bhavo upapattibhavo. Ettha ca upapatti bhavatīti bhavo. Kammaṃ pana yathā sukhakāraṇattā ‘‘sukho buddhānamuppādo’’ti (dha. pa. 194) vutto, evaṃ bhavakāraṇattā phalavohārena bhavoti veditabbaṃ. Tattha katamo kammabhavoti tesu dvīsu bhavesu yo kammabhavoti vutto, so katamoti attho. Puññābhisaṅkhārādayo vuttatthā eva. Sabbanti anavasesaṃ. Bhavaṃ gacchati gameti cāti bhavagāmi. Iminā lokuttaraṃ paṭikkhipati. Ayañhi vaṭṭakathā, tañca vivaṭṭanissitanti. Karīyatīti kammaṃ.
在欲有等当中,由欲所构成的存在就是欲有。色有、无色有也按同样的方式理解。有想众生的存在,或者在这个存在中有想,就是想有;反过来就是无想有。因为粗想不存在、细想存在,在这个存在中既不是想也不是非想,所以是非想非非想有。与一个色蕴混杂的存在是一蕴有;或者这个存在具有一蕴,所以是一蕴有。四蕴有、五蕴有也按同样的方式理解。这就叫作生有,也就是说这九种生有都称为生有。这样,在这里首先应当从“义”的角度来理解和判定。巴利
Kāmabhavādīsu kāmasaṅkhāto bhavo kāmabhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Saññāvataṃ bhavo, saññā vā ettha bhave atthīti saññābhavo. Vipariyāyena asaññābhavo. Oḷārikasaññāya abhāvā sukhumāya ca bhāvā neva saññā nāsaññā asmiṃ bhaveti nevasaññānāsaññābhavo. Ekena rūpakkhandhena vokiṇṇo bhavo ekavokārabhavo. Eko vā vokāro assa bhavassāti ekavokārabhavo. Eseva nayo catuvokārapañcavokārabhavesu. Ayaṃ vuccati upapattibhavoti esa navavidhopi upapattibhavo nāma vuccatīti. Evaṃ tāvettha ‘atthato’ viññātabbo vinicchayo.
再从“法”的角度来看:这里,福行在法方面有十三种思,非福行有十二种,不动行有四种。通过“一切能导向有的业”这句话,就把所有这些与思相应的法,以及被称为业的、能导致积聚的法,全都包括进来了。欲有是五种执取蕴,色有也是这样,无色有是四种,想有是四种或五种,无想有是一种执取蕴,非想非非想有是四种。一蕴有等,则依执取蕴分别是一蕴、四蕴、五蕴。这样,在这里也应当从“法”的角度了知这一判定。巴利
‘Dhammato’ pana ettha hi puññābhisaṅkhāro dhammato terasa cetanā, apuññābhisaṅkhāro dvādasa, āneñjābhisaṅkhāro catasso. ‘‘Sabbampi bhavagāmikamma’’nti etena sabbepete dhammā cetanā sampayuttā vā kammasaṅkhātā ācayagāmino dhammā saṅgahitā. Kāmabhavo pañca upādinnakkhandhā, tathā rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo cattāro, saññābhavo catupañca, asaññābhavo eko upādinnakkhandho, nevasaññānāsaññābhavo cattāro. Ekavokārabhavādayo ekacatupañcakkhandhā upādinnakkhandhehīti evamettha ‘dhammato’pi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
就“义”来说:正如在解释“有”时那样,虽然在解释“行”时也只说了福行等,但即便如此,前者是依过去业而说为这里结生的缘;这些则是依现在业而说为未来结生的缘,所以再次说是有意义的。或者,先前以“其中,什么是福行?欲界善思”这样的方式,只说了思就是行;而在这里,因为说“一切趣有之业”,所以也包括了与思相应的法。先前只说业是识的缘,也就是行;现在则也包括了能生无想有的业。何必多说呢?在“无明缘行”中,只说了福行等善、不善法;而在“取缘有”中,因为也总摄了生有,所以说了善、不善、无记法。因此,无论如何,这再次说都是有意义的。这样,在这里也应从“义”来了知这一抉择。巴利
‘Sātthato’ti yathā ca bhavaniddese tatheva kāmañca saṅkhāraniddesepi puññābhisaṅkhārādayova vuttā, evaṃ santepi purimā atītakammavasena idha paṭisandhiyā paccayattā vuttā. Ime paccuppannakammavasena āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayattāti punavacanaṃ sātthakameva. Pubbe vā ‘‘tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalacetanā kāmāvacarā’’ti evamādinā nayena cetanāva saṅkhārāti vuttā. Idha pana ‘‘sabbampi bhavagāmikamma’’nti vacanato cetanāsampayuttāpi. Pubbe ca viññāṇapaccayameva kammaṃ saṅkhārāti vuttaṃ, idāni asaññābhavanibbattakampi. Kiṃ vā bahunā? ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti ettha puññābhisaṅkhārādayova kusalākusaladhammā vuttā. ‘‘Upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti idha pana upapattibhavassāpi saṅgahitattā kusalākusalābyākatā dhammā vuttā. Tasmā sabbathāpi sātthakamevidaṃ punavacananti. Evamettha ‘sātthato’pi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
所谓“分别与总摄”,就是按取为缘的有的分别,以及总摄来理解。具体说:以欲取为缘而造作能产生欲有的业,这就是业有;由那个业所生起的诸蕴,就是生有。色有、无色有也是同样的道理。这样一来,以欲取为缘,有两种欲有,其中已经包含了想有和五蕴有;有两种色有,其中已经包含了想有、无想有、一蕴有和五蕴有;有两种无色有,其中已经包含了想有、非想非非想有和四蕴有。连同所含摄的在内,一共是六种有。正如以欲取为缘连同所含摄的共有六种有,以其余诸取为缘也是如此。这样,以取为缘,从分别来说,连同所含摄的在内,共有二十四种有。巴利
‘Bhedasaṅgahā’ti upādānapaccayā bhavassa bhedato ceva saṅgahato ca. Yañhi kāmupādānapaccayā kāmabhavanibbattakaṃ kammaṃ kariyati, so kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Evaṃ kāmupādānapaccayā dve kāmabhavā, tadantogadhāva saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā; dve rūpabhavā, tadantogadhāva saññābhavaasaññābhavaekavokārabhavapañcavokārabhavā; dve arūpabhavā, tadantogadhāva saññābhavanevasaññānāsaññābhavacatuvokārabhavāti saddhiṃ antogadhehi cha bhavā. Yathā ca kāmupādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi cha bhavā tathā sesupādānapaccayāpīti evaṃ upādānapaccayā bhedato saddhiṃ antogadhehi catuvīsati bhavā.
从总摄的角度来说,把业有和生有合在一起算,再加上欲取为缘以及其中所包含的,就是一种欲有;同样地,色有和无色有也是这样,一共成为三种有。其余诸取为缘的情况也是如此。这样,从总摄的角度来看,取为缘的“有”连同其中所包含的,共有十二种有。再者,如果不加区分,以取为缘、能导向欲有的业就是业有,由它所产生的诸蕴就是生有;这个道理在色有和无色有中也同样适用。这样,以取为缘连同其中所包含的,就有两种欲有、两种色有、两种无色有,按另一种总摄方式来说就是六种有。或者,不区分业有和生有的差别,连同其中所包含的,按欲有等来分就是三种有。又或者,不区分欲有等的差别,按业有和生有来分就是两种有。再进一步,连业和生的差别也不区分,只按“取缘有”中的“有”来说,就只有一种有。如此,在这里也应当了知:对于取缘中的“有”,既有分别的抉择,也有总摄的抉择。巴利
Saṅgahato pana kammabhavaṃ upapattibhavañca ekato katvā kāmupādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi eko kāmabhavo, tathā rūpārūpabhavāti tayo bhavā. Tathā sesupādānapaccayāpīti evaṃ upādānapaccayā saṅgahato saddhiṃ antogadhehi dvādasa bhavā. Apica avisesena upādānapaccayā kāmabhavūpagaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Evaṃ upādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi dve kāmabhavā, dve rūpabhavā, dve arūpabhavāti aparenapi pariyāyena saṅgahato cha bhavā. Kammabhavaupapattibhavabhedaṃ vā anupagamma saddhiṃ antogadhehi kāmabhavādivasena tayo bhavā honti. Kāmabhavādibhedañcāpi anupagamma kammabhavaupapattibhavavasena dve bhavā honti. Kammupapattibhedañca anupagamma upādānapaccayā bhavoti bhavavasena eko bhavo hotīti. Evamettha upādānapaccayassa bhavassa bhedasaṅgahāpi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
“凡是什么东西的缘”这句话的意思是:在这里,取对什么是缘,也要由此了知并抉择。那么在这里,什么对什么是缘呢?任何取对任何有都是缘。因为凡夫就像疯子一样,他不去思择“这是合理的,这是不合理的”,而是随顺任何一种取,希求任何一种有,就照样造作任何一种业。因此,有些论师说“由戒禁取不会产生色界、无色界有”,这种说法不应采纳。应当采纳的是:一切取对一切有都是缘。也就是说,比如有人因为传闻,或者随顺邪见,心里想:“所谓欲乐,在人间以及刹帝利大富家族等处,还有在六欲天界,都是圆满的。”为了得到这些欲乐,他被听闻非法等所欺骗,以为“靠这个业就能成就欲乐”,于是以欲取为缘,连身恶行等也去造作。他因为恶行圆满,就投生到恶趣;或者,他希求现前可见的欲乐,或者守护已经得到的欲乐,以欲取为缘,连身恶行等也去造作。他因为恶行圆满,就投生到恶趣。在那里,作为他投生之因的业是业有,由业所生的诸蕴是生有,而想有、五蕴有则都包含在其中。巴利
‘Yaṃ yassa paccayo cevā’ti yañcettha upādānaṃ yassa paccayo hoti, tatopi viññātabbo vinicchayoti attho. Kiṃ panettha kassa paccayo hoti? Yaṃ kiñci yassa kassaci paccayo hotiyeva. Ummattako viya hi puthujjano. So ‘idaṃ yuttaṃ, idaṃ ayutta’nti avicāretvā yassa kassaci upādānassa vasena yaṃ kiñci bhavaṃ patthetvā yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ karotiyeva. Tasmā yadekacce ‘‘sīlabbatupādānena rūpārūpabhavā na hontī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Sabbena pana sabbo hotīti gahetabbaṃ, seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco anussavavasena vā diṭṭhānusārena vā ‘‘kāmā nāmete manussaloke ceva khattiyamahāsālakulādīsu chakāmāvacaradevaloke ca samiddhā’’ti cintetvā tesaṃ adhigamatthaṃ asaddhammasavanādīhi vañcito ‘iminā kammena kāmā sampajjantī’ti maññamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyaduccaritādīnipi karoti. So duccaritapāripūriyā apāye uppajjati; sandiṭṭhike vā pana kāme patthayamāno paṭiladdhe vā gopayamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyaduccaritādīnipi karoti. So duccaritapāripūriyā apāye uppajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva.
还有另一类人,因为听闻正法等而增长了智慧,他心里想“靠这种业就能得到欲乐”,于是带着对欲的执取去造作身善行等。他因为善行圆满,就投生到天界或人间。在那里,作为他投生原因的业,就是业有;由业所生的诸蕴,就是生有。而想有和五蕴有,也都包含在其中。这样一来,欲取就成为具有种种分别、又含摄在其中的欲有的缘。巴利
Aparo pana saddhammasavanādīhi upabrūhitañāṇo ‘‘iminā kammena kāmā sampajjantī’’ti maññamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyasucaritādīni karoti. So sucaritapāripūriyā devesu vā manussesu vā uppajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti kāmupādānaṃ sappabhedassa sāntogadhassa kāmabhavassa paccayo hoti.
还有一类人,听到或自己设想“在色界和无色界的有中,欲乐比那里更殊胜”,就以欲取为依托,修成色界和无色界的等至,靠等至的力量投生到色界、无色界的梵天世界。在那里,作为他投生之因的业是业有,由业所生的诸蕴是生有。想有、无想有、非想非非想有、一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有,则都包含在其中。这样一来,欲取对具有种种分类、又含摄着这些的色界有和无色界有,也成为缘。巴利
Aparo ‘‘rūpārūpabhavesu tato samiddhatarā kāmā’’ti sutvā vā parikappetvā vā kāmupādānavaseneva rūpārūpasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā samāpattibalena rūpārūpabrahmaloke uppajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññāasaññā nevasaññā nāsaññāekavokāracatuvokārapañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti kāmupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ rūpārūpabhavānampi paccayo hoti .
还有另一种人,执取断灭见,认为“这个所谓的我,在欲界圆满的生存状态里,或者在色界、无色界中的某一处,被断灭、被彻底断灭”,依着这种见解去造作与之相应的业。他的那个业就是业有,由业所生的诸蕴就是生有。想有等则都包含在其中。这样一来,见取就成为具有种种分类、且含摄于内的三种有——欲有、色有、无色有——的缘。巴利
Aparo ‘‘ayaṃ attā nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ ucchinno suucchinno hotī’’ti ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ upādāya tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti. Tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti diṭṭhupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇampi kāmarūpārūpabhavānaṃ paccayo hoti.
还有另一种人,他带着“我语取”,心里想:“这个所谓的‘我’,在欲界的殊胜福报存在中,或者在色界、无色界存在中的某一处,是快乐的,是远离灼热的。”于是造作与这种见解相应的业。他的那个业就是业有,由那个业所生的诸蕴就是生有。想有等则都包含在其中。这样一来,我语取就成为具有种种分类、且含摄在其中的三种有的缘。巴利
Aparo ‘‘ayaṃ attā nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ sukhī hoti, vigatapariḷāho hotī’’ti attavādupādānena tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti. Tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva . Iti attavādupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhavānaṃ paccayo hoti.
还有另一种人,以戒禁取为执取,认为“这个戒禁,在欲界胜妙有中,或者在色界、无色界有中的某一处,能让圆满修习它的人的快乐达到圆满”,于是造作与这种见解相应的业。他的这个业就是业有,由这个业所生的诸蕴就是生有。想有等则都包含在其中。这样,戒禁取也成为三种有的缘,这三种有虽有分类,却都含摄在内。因此,在这里,什么是什么的缘,也应从这一点了知并加以抉择。巴利
Aparo ‘‘idaṃ sīlabbataṃ nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ paripūrentassa sukhaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchatī’’ti sīlabbatupādānavasena tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti. Tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti sīlabbatupādānampi sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhavānaṃ paccayo hotīti evamettha yaṃ yassa paccayo hoti tatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
那么在这里,什么的存在以何为缘,又如何成为缘呢?巴利
Kiṃ panettha kassa bhavassa kathaṃ paccayo hotīti ce?
色界有和无色界有的亲依止缘是取。
它也应被了知为以俱生等为缘的欲有。巴利
Rūpārūpabhavānaṃ, upanissayapaccayo upādānaṃ; Sahajātādīhipi taṃ, kāmabhavassāti viññeyyaṃ.
对于色界有和无色界有,以及属于欲有的善业和生有来说,这四种取都只以亲依止缘为缘。在欲有中,对于与自己相应不善业有,取以俱生、相互、依止、相应、有、不离去、因等种种缘,也就是以俱生等缘为缘;而对于不相应的,则只以亲依止缘为缘。巴利
Rūpārūpabhavānañhi kāmabhavapariyāpannassa ca kāmabhave kusalakammasseva upapattibhavassa cetaṃ catubbidhampi upādānaṃ upanissayapaccayena ekadhā paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave attanā sampayuttaakusalakammabhavassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatahetupaccayappabhedehi sahajātādīhi paccayo hoti. Vippayuttassa pana upanissayapaccayenevāti.
生、老、死等词的释义巴利
Jātijarāmaraṇādipadaniddeso
235 在解释“以有为缘而有生”等内容时,关于生等的判定,应当依照《谛分别》里已经说过的方式来理解。不过这里说的“有”,指的只是业有。因为业有才是生的缘,而不是生有。而它作为缘,是依业缘和亲依止缘这两种方式成立的。巴利
235. Bhavapaccayā jātiniddesādīsu jātiādīnaṃ vinicchayo saccavibhaṅge vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Bhavoti panettha kammabhavova adhippeto. So hi jātiyā paccayo, na upapattibhavo. So pana kammapaccayaupanissayapaccayavasena dvidhāva paccayo hotīti.
在这里,可能会有人问:那要怎么知道“有是生的缘”呢?因为即使外在的条件都同等,还是能看到众生有高低优劣等差别。就算外在的条件——比如父母、精血、食物等——都同等,即使众生是百对双胞胎,众生之间仍然能看出高低优劣等差别。而这种差别并不是没有原因的,因为并非任何时候、对所有人都没有差别;也不是业有之外的其它原因造成的,因为由那个业有所生的众生,在自己的身心相续中找不到别的原因,所以就是以业有为因。业,确实是众生高低优劣等差别的原因。因此世尊说:“业区分众生,也就是所谓的高低优劣。”(中部 iii.289)所以应当知道:“有是生的缘。”巴利
Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ ‘‘bhavo jātiyā paccayo’’ti ce? Bāhirapaccayasamattepi hīnapaṇītatādivisesadassanato. Bāhirānañhi janakajanettisukkasoṇitāhārādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ samattepi sattānaṃ yamakānampi sataṃ hīnapaṇītatādiviseso dissati. So ca na ahetuko , sabbadā ca sabbesañca abhāvato; na kammabhavato aññahetuko, tadabhinibbattakasattānaṃ ajjhattasantāne aññassa kāraṇassa abhāvatoti kammabhavahetukova. Kammañhi sattānaṃ hīnapaṇītādivisesahetu. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘kammaṃ satte vibhajati yadidaṃ hīnappaṇītatāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.289). Tasmā jānitabbametaṃ – ‘‘bhavo jātiyā paccayo’’ti.
因为,如果没有生,就不会有所谓的老死,忧愁等法也不会存在;可是只要生存在,老死就存在,而被称作老死的苦法所触及的愚者,无论他是与老死相关联,还是不与老死相关联而为此等彼等苦法所触及,忧愁等法都会存在。所以应当知道,这生既是老死的缘,也是忧愁等法的缘。不过,它只是依亲依止缘这一种方式成为缘。巴利
Yasmā ca asati jātiyā jarāmaraṇaṃ nāma na hoti, sokādayo ca dhammā na honti, jātiyā pana sati jarāmaraṇañceva jarāmaraṇasaṅkhātadukkhadhammaphuṭṭhassa ca bālassa jarāmaraṇābhisambandhā vā tena tena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa anabhisambandhā vā sokādayo ca dhammā honti, tasmā ayaṃ jātijarāmaraṇassa ceva sokādīnañca paccayo hotīti veditabbā. Sā pana upanissayakoṭiyā ekadhāva paccayo hotīti.
242 Evametassa等语的含义,应当完全按照总说部分所说的方法来理解。集合等词,就是集的同义词。巴利
242.Evametassātiādīnaṃ attho uddesavāre vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Saṅgatiādīni samudayavevacanāneva.
不过,因为这里忧等(苦)是放在最后说的,所以,那在“缘于无明而有行”这句话里、被说成这个轮回之始的无明,它就是——巴利
Yasmā panettha sokādayo avasāne vuttā, tasmā yā sā avijjā ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti evametassa bhavacakkassa ādimhi vuttā, sā –
此有轮始不可知,由忧等成立无明。
没有造作者,也没有感受者,它是空的,以十二种空的方式而空。巴利
Sokādīhi avijjā, siddhā bhavacakkamaviditādimidaṃ; Kārakavedakarahitaṃ, dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññaṃ.
应当知道,它是恒常、不间断地运转的。那么在这里,无明怎么由忧等成立呢?这个有轮怎么是不知起始的?怎么是没有作者、没有受者的?怎么在十二种空当中是空的呢?因为在这里,忧、苦、忧恼、绝望这些都与无明不相分离,而所谓悲泣也是愚者才有的,所以这些一旦成立,无明也就成立了。而且经中说“以漏的集起而有无明的集起”,这些忧等确实是以漏的集起而有的。怎么讲呢?首先,当所贪爱的对象分离时,忧就是以欲漏的集起而有的,正如经中所说:巴利
Satataṃ samitaṃ pavattatīti veditabbaṃ. Kathaṃ panettha sokādīhi avijjā siddhā? Kathamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādi? Kathaṃ kārakavedakarahitaṃ? Kathaṃ dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññanti ce? Ettha hi sokadukkhadomanassupāyāsā avijjāya aviyogino, paridevo ca nāma mūḷhassāti tesu tāva siddhesu siddhāva hoti avijjā. Apica ‘‘āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Āsavasamudayā cete sokādayo honti. Kathaṃ? Vatthukāmaviyoge tāva soko kāmāsavasamudayo hoti? Yathāha –
如果那个众生心生贪爱、生起欲望,
你的那些欲乐一旦消退,你就会像被箭射中一样痛苦不堪。巴利
‘‘Tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno; Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppatī’’ti. (su. ni. 773);
就像这样说的:“忧从欲生。”(法句经215)所有这些也都是以见漏的集起为根源,正如所说:“对‘这是我的色,色是我的’心生执取的人,当那个色发生变化、变成别的样子时,由于色的变化和变异,就会生起忧、悲、苦、愁、恼。”(相应部3.1)正如以见漏的集起为根源是这样,以有漏的集起为根源也是这样,正如所说:“那些长寿、美貌、多乐、住在高广宫殿中长久安住的天神们,听了如来的说法之后,大多也会生起怖畏、悚惧和恐惧。”(相应部3.78;增支部4.33)就像那些看见五种前兆、被死亡恐惧所惊吓的天神一样。正如以有漏的集起为根源是这样,以无明漏的集起为根源也是这样,正如所说:“比丘们,那个愚人就在现世中感受三种苦和忧。”(中部3.246)巴利
Yathā cāha – ‘‘kāmato jāyatī soko’’ti (dha. pa. 215). Sabbepi cete diṭṭhāsavasamudayā honti, yathāha – ‘‘tassa ahaṃ rūpaṃ, mama rūpanti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti. Tassa rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.1). Yathā ca diṭṭhāsavasamudayā evaṃ bhavāsavasamudayāpi, yathāha – ‘‘yepi te devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā uccesu vimānesu ciraṭṭhitikā tepi tathāgatassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yebhuyyena bhayaṃ saṃvegaṃ santāsaṃ āpajja’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.78; a. ni. 4.33) pañca pubbanimittāni disvā maraṇabhayena santajjitānaṃ devānaṃ viyāti. Yathā ca bhavāsavasamudayā evaṃ avijjāsavasamudayāpi , yathāha – ‘‘sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo diṭṭheva dhamme tividhaṃ dukkhadomanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.246).
因此,既然这些忧等是以漏的生起为条件才存在的,那么当它们成立时,就证明了作为无明之因的诸漏。而当诸漏作为条件成立时,由于它们存在,无明也就成立了。如此,在这里首先应当了知:由忧等而成立无明。巴利
Iti yasmā āsavasamudayā ete honti, tasmā ete sijjhamānā avijjāya hetubhūte āsave sādhenti. Āsavesu ca siddhesu paccayabhāve bhāvato avijjāpi siddhāva hotīti. Evaṃ tāvettha ‘sokādīhi avijjā siddhā’ hotīti veditabbā.
既然无明这样在缘的状态中成立之后,又按照“无明缘行,行缘识”这样因果相续而没有尽头,所以,那依因果关联而运转的十二支,就成立为“不知其始的有轮”。巴利
Yasmā pana evaṃ paccayabhāve bhāvato avijjāya siddhāya puna ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti evaṃ hetuphalaparamparāya pariyosānaṃ natthi, tasmā taṃ hetuphalasambandhavasena pavattaṃ dvādasaṅgaṃ ‘bhavacakkaṃ aviditādī’ti siddhaṃ hoti.
如果这样,那么“无明缘行”这种只说到开头的说法就矛盾了吗?这不是只说到开头,而是在说最主要的法。因为在三种轮回中,无明是最主要的。因为执取无明,其余的烦恼轮和业等就缠住愚人,就像抓住蛇头,蛇身其余部分就缠住手臂一样。而当无明被断除时,就从那些当中解脱,就像蛇头被切断时,被缠住的手臂就解脱一样。正如经中说:“正是由于无明的无余离贪、灭尽,而行灭尽”等等。因此,这是对那个执取时就被系缚、放开时就解脱的最主要的法的说明,而不是只说到开头。应当这样理解:这个有轮是“不知其始”的。而这个有轮,因为行等的生起是以无明等为因,所以并不是由别的什么被虚构出来的梵天等作为轮回的造作者——像“梵天、大梵天、最胜者、创造者”这样;也不是由被虚构的自我作为苦乐的感受者——像“这个我确实是能说、能感受的自我”这样。因此,应当知道它是“没有造作者、没有感受者”的。巴利
Evaṃ sati ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti idaṃ ādimattakathanaṃ virujjhatīti ce? Nayidaṃ ādimattakathanaṃ, padhānadhammakathanaṃ panetaṃ. Tiṇṇañhi vaṭṭānaṃ avijjā padhānā. Avijjāggahaṇena hi avasesaṃ kilesavaṭṭañca kammādīni ca bālaṃ paliveṭhenti, sappasiraggahaṇena sesaṃ sappasarīraṃ viya bāhaṃ. Avijjāsamucchede pana kate tehi vimokkho hoti, sappasiracchede kate paliveṭhitabāhāvimokkho viya. Yathāha – ‘‘avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.1; mahāva. 1). Iti yaṃ gaṇhato bandho muñcato ca mokkho hoti, tassa padhānadhammassa kathanamidaṃ, na ādimattakathananti evamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādīti veditabbaṃ. Tayidaṃ yasmā avijjādīhi kāraṇehi saṅkhārādīnaṃ pavatti, tasmā tato aññena ‘‘brahmā mahābrahmā seṭṭho sajitā’’ti evaṃ parikappitena brahmādinā vā saṃsārassa kārakena ‘‘so kho pana me ayaṃ attā vado vedeyyo’’ti evaṃ parikappitena attanā vā sukhadukkhānaṃ vedakena rahitaṃ. Iti ‘kārakavedakarahita’nti veditabbaṃ.
因为在这里,无明具有生灭的性质,所以它空于恒常;因为它是杂染的、属于杂染的,所以空于清净;因为它被生灭所逼迫,所以空于快乐;因为它依缘而运转,所以空于自在支配的自我。同样,行等各支也是如此。又因为无明不是我,不是我的,不在我中,不具有我,同样,行等各支也是如此。因此应当知道,这个有轮是十二种空当中的空。巴利
Yasmā panettha avijjā udayabbayadhammakattā dhuvabhāvena, saṃkiliṭṭhattā saṃkilesikattā ca subhabhāvena, udayabbayapaṭipīḷitattā sukhabhāvena, paccayāyattavuttittā vasavattanabhūtena attabhāvena ca suññā, tathā saṅkhārādīnipi aṅgāni; yasmā vā avijjā na attā, na attano , na attani, na attavatī, tathā saṅkhārādīnipi aṅgāni; tasmā ‘dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññamidaṃ’ bhavacakkanti veditabbaṃ.
这样了知之后,又接着——巴利
Evañca viditvā puna –
那个的无明和渴爱是根本,以及过去等三种时。
按各自的体性来说,它们当中共有二支、八支、二支。巴利
Tassa avijjātaṇhā, mūlamatītādayo tayo kālā; Dve aṭṭha dve eva ca, sarūpato tesu aṅgāni.
对于这个有轮,应当知道无明和渴爱这两种法是它的根本。这个有轮分为两种:从牵引过去际的角度看,是以无明为根本、以受为终结;从延续未来际的角度看,是以渴爱为根本、以老死为终结。其中,前一种是对见行者说的,后一种是对爱行者说的。因为对见行者来说,无明是轮回的主导;对爱行者来说,渴爱是轮回的主导。或者,前一种是为了断除断灭见,因为它说明了果报生起之因不会中断;后一种是为了断除常见,因为它说明了已生起的东西终归老死。再或者,前一种是依胎生来说的,因为它说明了逐渐生起的过程;后一种是依化生来说的,因为它说明了同时生起。巴利
Tassa kho panetassa bhavacakkassa avijjā taṇhā cāti dve dhammā mūlanti veditabbā. Tadetaṃ pubbantāharaṇato avijjāmūlaṃ vedanāvasānaṃ, aparantasantānato taṇhāmūlaṃ jarāmaraṇāvasānanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha purimaṃ diṭṭhicaritavasena vuttaṃ, pacchimaṃ taṇhācaritavasena. Diṭṭhicaritānañhi avijjā, taṇhācaritānaṃ taṇhā saṃsāranāyikā. Ucchedadiṭṭhisamugghātāya vā paṭhamaṃ, phaluppattiyā hetūnaṃ anupacchedapakāsanato; sassatadiṭṭhisamugghātāya dutiyaṃ, uppannānaṃ jarāmaraṇapakāsanato; gabbhaseyyakavasena vā purimaṃ, anupubbapavattidīpanato; opapātikavasena pacchimaṃ sahuppattidīpanato.
这个有轮有三种时间:过去、现在、未来。其中,依照巴利圣典中按自性而说的方式,应当知道:无明与行这两支属于过去时;识等八支,直到有为止,属于现在时;生与老死这两支属于未来时。再者——巴利
Atītapaccuppannānāgatā cassa tayo kālā. Tesu pāḷiyaṃ sarūpato āgatavasena avijjā saṅkhārā cāti dve aṅgāni atītakālāni , viññāṇādīni bhavāvasānāni aṭṭha paccuppannakālāni, jāti ceva jarāmaraṇañca dve anāgatakālānīti veditabbāni. Puna –
这个(缘起支的)组合也包括因、果、因先行、三连结和四种分类。
它以二十种方式为辐,具有三转,无休止地转来转去。巴利
Hetuphalahetupubbaka-tisandhicatubhedasaṅgahañcetaṃ; Vīsatiākārāraṃ, tivaṭṭamanavaṭṭhitaṃ bhamati.
这一点也应该知道。其中,行与结生识之间,有一种叫“因果连接”;受与渴爱之间,有一种叫“果因连接”;有与生之间,有一种叫“因果连接”。这样,就应该知道这是“因、果、因先行的连接”。再者,按照这些连接的起点和终点来划分,就有四种组合:无明与行是第一组,识、名色、六处、触、受是第二组,渴爱、取、有是第三组,生、老死是第四组。这样,就应该知道这是四种分类的组合。巴利
Itipi veditabbaṃ. Tattha saṅkhārānañca paṭisandhiviññāṇassa ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhi nāma. Vedanāya ca taṇhāya ca antarā eko phalahetusandhi nāma. Bhavassa ca jātiyā ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhīti. Evamidaṃ hetuphalahetupubbakatisandhīti veditabbaṃ. Sandhīnaṃ ādipariyosānavavatthitā panassa cattāro saṅgahā honti, seyyathidaṃ – avijjāsaṅkhārā eko saṅgaho, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā dutiyo, taṇhupādānabhavā tatiyo, jātijarāmaraṇaṃ catutthoti. Evamidaṃ catubhedasaṅgahanti veditabbaṃ.
过去时的因有五种,现在时的果有五种。
现在有五种因,未来有五种果。巴利
Atīte hetavo pañca, idāni phalapañcakaṃ; Idāni hetavo pañca, āyatiṃ phalapañcakanti.
应当知道,通过这些二十种行相,就是“以二十种行相为辐”的意思。其中,“过去因有五”指的是无明和行,这两者前面已经说过了。但因为无智慧的人会恐惧不安,恐惧不安的人就会执取,对他来说,以执取为缘而有“有”,所以渴爱、取、有也被包含在内了。因此说:“在过去业有中,痴是无明,造作是行,欲求是渴爱,趋近是取,思是有。这五种法在过去业有中,是此处结生的缘。”巴利
Etehi pana vīsatiyā ākārehi arehi vīsatiākārāranti veditabbaṃ. Tattha ‘atīte hetavo pañcā’ti avijjā saṅkhārā cāti ime tāva dve vuttā eva. Yasmā pana avidvā paritassati, paritasito upādiyati, tassa upādānapaccayā bhavo, tasmā taṇhupādānabhavāpi gahitā honti. Tenāha ‘‘purimakammabhavasmiṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā, upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavo, ime pañca dhammā purimakammabhavasmiṃ idha paṭisandhiyā paccayā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.47).
这里,“在过去业有中”是指在过去生的业有中,也就是在过去世的业有正在被造作的时候,这就是它的意思。“痴是无明”:当时对苦等法的痴,因为被这个痴所迷惑而造业,那就是无明。“造作是行”:正在造那个业时的前思,比如生起“我要布施”的心之后,为了布施用品准备一个月甚至一年,这期间生起的前思。而在把布施物交到接受者手中时的思,则称为“有”。或者,在一个转向心和六个速行心中的思,称为“造作的行”;第七个速行心的思是“有”。又或者,任何思是“有”,与它相应的思就称为“造作的行”。“欲求是渴爱”:造业的人对于果报将要生起的地方,生起的欲求、希求,那就是渴爱。“趋近是取”:作为有的条件的业,以“做了这个之后,我要在某处享受欲乐”或“我要断灭”等方式而运作的趋近、执取、执著,这就称为取。“思是有”:在造作结束时所说的思就是有,应当这样理解它的意思。巴利
Tattha purimakammabhavasminti purime kammabhave, atītajātiyaṃ kammabhave kariyamāneti attho. Moho avijjāti yo tadā dukkhādīsu moho, yena mūḷho kammaṃ karoti, sā avijjā. Āyūhanā saṅkhārāti taṃ kammaṃ karoto purimacetanāyo, yathā ‘dānaṃ dassāmī’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā māsampi saṃvaccharampi dānūpakaraṇāni sajjentassa uppannā purimacetanāyo. Paṭiggāhakānaṃ pana hatthe dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpayato cetanā bhavoti vuccati. Ekāvajjanesu vā chasu javanesu cetanā āyūhanasaṅkhārā nāma. Sattamā cetanā bhavo. Yā kāci vā pana cetanā bhavo, taṃsampayuttā āyūhanasaṅkhārā nāma. Nikanti taṇhāti yā kammaṃ karontassa tassa phale uppattibhave nikāmanā patthanā sā taṇhā nāma. Upagamanaṃ upādānanti yaṃ kammaṃ bhavassa paccayabhūtaṃ; ‘idaṃ katvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne kāme sevissāmi ucchijjissāmī’tiādinā nayena pavattaṃ upagamanaṃ gahaṇaṃ parāmasanaṃ – idaṃ upādānaṃ nāma. Cetanā bhavoti āyūhanāvasāne vuttacetanā bhavoti evamattho veditabbo.
现在讲“五果”:也就是从识到受这一段,是巴利圣典里本来就有的。正如经中所说:“在这里,结生是识,入胎是名色,净色是处,所触是触,感受是受——这五法在今生投生之有的当中,是过去所造业的缘。”(《无碍解道》1.47)
其中,“结生是识”:因为是借着投生到另一有的结生之力而生起的,所以称为结生,那就是识。“入胎是名色”:在胎中色法与名法的进入,就像到来并进入一样——这就是名色。“净色是处”:这是就眼等五处来说的。“所触是触”:接触并碰触所缘而生起的——这就是触。“感受是受”:与结生识一起、或由六处为缘、或与触一起生起的异熟感受,那就是受。应当这样理解其含义。巴利
‘Idāni phalapañcaka’nti viññāṇādi vedanāvasānaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva. Yathāha ‘‘idha paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā ime pañca dhammā idhūpapattibhavasmiṃ purekatassa kammassa paccayā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.47). Tattha paṭisandhi viññāṇanti yaṃ bhavantarapaṭisandhānavasena uppannattā paṭisandhīti vuccati, taṃ viññāṇaṃ. Okkanti nāmarūpanti yā gabbhe rūpārūpadhammānaṃ okkanti, āgantvā pavisanaṃ viya – idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Pasādo āyatananti idaṃ cakkhādipañcāyatanavasena vuttaṃ. Phuṭṭho phassoti yo ārammaṇaṃ phuṭṭho phusanto uppanno – ayaṃ phasso. Vedayitaṃ vedanāti yaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇena vā saḷāyatanapaccayena vā phassena sahuppannaṃ vipākavedayitaṃ, sā vedanāti evamattho veditabbo.
现在说“因有五种”:也就是渴爱等,这些在巴利圣典中已经出现的渴爱、取、有。不过,当“有”被包含进来时,它之前的部分或者与它相应的行也就一并被包含了;而通过包含渴爱和取,与它们相应的无明——也就是因为迷惑而造业的那份无明——也就被包含了,这样就成了五种。因此说:“在这里,由于诸处成熟,迷惑是无明,造作是行,欲求是渴爱,趋近是取,思是有。这五种法,在这里的业有中,是未来结生的缘。”其中,“在这里,由于诸处成熟”显示的是诸处成熟的人造业时的迷惑。其余部分则很容易理解。巴利
‘Idāni hetavo pañcā’ti taṇhādayo pāḷiyaṃ āgatāva taṇhupādānabhavā. Bhave pana gahite tassa pubbabhāgā taṃsampayuttā vā saṅkhārā gahitāva honti, taṇhupādānaggahaṇena ca taṃsampayuttā, yāya vā mūḷho kammaṃ karoti sā avijjā gahitāva hotīti evaṃ pañca. Tenāha ‘‘idha paripakkattā āyatanānaṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā, upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavo. Ime pañca dhammā idha kammabhavasmiṃ āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.47). Tattha idha paripakkattā āyatanānanti paripakkāyatanassa kammakaraṇakāle sammoho dassito. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
所谓“未来的五果”,就是识等五种。它们是按“生”的统摄来说的。而老死就是这五者本身的老死。因此说:“未来的结生是识,入胎是名色,净色是处,所触是触,所感受的是受。这五种法,在未来投生有的状态中,是此处所造之业的缘。”这样,就成了二十种行相。巴利
‘Āyatiṃ phalapañcaka’nti viññāṇādīni pañca. Tāni jātiggahaṇena vuttāni. Jarāmaraṇaṃ pana tesaṃyeva jarāmaraṇaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘āyatiṃ paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā. Ime pañca dhammā āyatiṃ upapattibhavasmiṃ idha katassa kammassa paccayā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.47). Evamidaṃ vīsatiākārāraṃ hoti.
在这里,过去世有五种业的积聚,现在世有五种果报的积聚;现在世有五种业的积聚,未来世有五种果报之法——这样,十法就是业,十法就是果。在两种情形中,业就叫作业;在两种情形中,果就叫作果:这一切就是有轮、缘起轮转,既是业,也是业的果报。同样地,在两种情形中,业是业的概要,在两种情形中,果是果的概要:这一切既是业的概要,也是果的概要。在两种情形中,业是业轮,在两种情形中,果是果轮:这一切既是业轮,也是果轮。同样地,在两种情形中,业是业有,在两种情形中,果是果有:这一切既是业有,也是果有。在两种情形中,业是业的转起,在两种情形中,果是果的转起:这一切既是业的转起,也是果的转起。同样地,在两种情形中,业是业的相续,在两种情形中,果是果的相续:这一切既是业的相续,也是果的相续。在两种情形中,业叫作造作,在两种情形中,果叫作造作之果:这一切既是造作,也是造作之果。巴利
Tattha purimabhavasmiṃ pañca kammasambhārā, etarahi pañca vipākasambhārā, etarahi pañca kammasambhārā, anāgate pañca vipākadhammāti dasa dhammā kammaṃ, dasa vipākoti. Dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṃ kammaṃ nāma, dvīsu ṭhānesu vipāko vipāko nāmāti sabbampetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ paccayākāravaṭṭaṃ kammañceva kammavipāko ca. Tathā dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṃ kammasaṅkhepo, dvīsu ṭhānesu vipāko vipākasaṅkhepoti sabbampetaṃ kammasaṅkhepo ceva vipākasaṅkhepo ca. Dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṃ kammavaṭṭaṃ, dvīsu ṭhānesu vipāko vipākavaṭṭanti sabbampetaṃ kammavaṭṭañceva vipākavaṭṭañca. Tathā dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṃ kammabhavo, dvīsu ṭhānesu vipāko vipākabhavoti sabbampetaṃ kammabhavo ceva vipākabhavo ca. Dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṃ kammapavattaṃ , dvīsu ṭhānesu vipāko vipākapavattanti sabbampetaṃ kammapavattañceva vipākapavattañca. Tathā dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṃ kammasantati, dvīsu vipāko vipākasantatīti sabbampetaṃ kammasantati ceva vipākasantati ca. Dvīsu ṭhānesu kammaṃ kiriyā nāma, dvīsu vipāko kiriyāphalaṃ nāmāti sabbampetaṃ kiriyā ceva kiriyāphalañcāti.
这样,这个有因缘而生起的东西,
苦、无常、动摇、短暂、不坚固;
诸法以诸法为因而生起。
这里根本找不到所谓的“我”,也找不到所谓的“他者”。
诸法依靠因和资粮作为条件,让诸法生起。
为了灭尽诸因,佛陀宣说了法。
当诸因被彻底止息时,轮回就被斩断,不再运转。
这样,为了彻底终结苦,梵行就在这里存在;
众生也不可得,所以既不是断灭,也不是永恒。巴利
Evaṃ samuppannamidaṃ sahetukaṃ, Dukkhaṃ aniccaṃ calamittaraddhuvaṃ; Dhammehi dhammā pabhavanti hetuso, Na hettha attāva parova vijjati. Dhammā dhamme sañjanenti, hetusambhārapaccayā; Hetūnañca nirodhāya, dhammo buddhena desito; Hetūsu uparuddhesu, chinnaṃ vaṭṭaṃ na vaṭṭati. Evaṃ dukkhantakiriyāya, brahmacariyīdha vijjati; Satte ca nūpalabbhante, nevucchedo na sassataṃ.
在这里,行和有是业轮,无明、渴爱、取是烦恼轮,识、名色、六处、触、受是果报轮。由于这三种轮,这个有轮称为三轮。只要烦恼轮还没有被切断,因为因缘还没有断,它就不稳定,一再地旋转,所以应当知道它确实在转个不停。巴利
Tivaṭṭamanavaṭṭhitaṃ bhamatīti ettha pana saṅkhārabhavā kammavaṭṭaṃ, avijjātaṇhūpādānāni kilesavaṭṭaṃ, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā vipākavaṭṭanti imehi tīhi vaṭṭehi tivaṭṭamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ yāva kilesavaṭṭaṃ na upacchijjati tāva anupacchinnapaccayattā anavaṭṭhitaṃ punappunaṃ parivaṭṭanato bhamatiyevāti veditabbaṃ.
那些就是这样旋转的——巴利
Tayidamevaṃ bhamamānaṃ –
由谛之生起、作用、遮止与譬喻,
还有深奥的理趣及其种种区分,应当根据具体情况如实了知。巴利
Saccappabhavato kiccā, vāraṇā upamāhi ca; Gambhīranayabhedā ca, viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
在这里,因为善业和不善业在《谛分别》中被不加区分地说成集谛,所以“无明缘行”是指:由无明而有的行,是以集谛为来源的集谛;“行缘识”是指:由行而有的识,是以集谛为来源的苦谛;“识缘名色”等是指:由识等而有的名色等,直到果报受为止,是以苦谛为来源的苦谛;“受缘爱”是指:由受而有的渴爱,是以苦谛为来源的集谛;“爱缘取”是指:由渴爱而有的取,是以集谛为来源的集谛;“取缘有”是指:由取而有的有,是以集谛为来源的苦谛和集谛两者;“有缘生”是指:由有而有的生,是以集谛为来源的苦谛;“生缘老死”是指:由生而有的老死,是以苦谛为来源的苦谛。这样,首先应当根据各自的情况,从“谛的来源”这个角度来理解这一段。巴利
Tattha yasmā kusalākusalakammaṃ avisesena samudayasaccanti saccavibhaṅge vuttaṃ, tasmā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti avijjāya saṅkhārā dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ, saṅkhārehi viññāṇaṃ dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ, viññāṇādīhi nāmarūpādīni vipākavedanāpariyosānāni paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ, vedanāya taṇhā paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ, taṇhāya upādānaṃ dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ, upādānato bhavo dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamadutiyasaccadvayaṃ, bhavato jāti dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ, jātiyā jarāmaraṇaṃ paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccanti. Evaṃ tāvidaṃ ‘saccappabhavato’ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
因为在这里,无明既让众生对诸所依(事物)迷惑,又成为诸行显现的缘;同样,行既造作有为,又成为识的缘;识既了知所依,又成为名色的缘;名色既互相支持,又成为六处的缘;六处既在自己的境界中运作,又成为触的缘;触既接触所缘,又成为受的缘;受既体验所缘的滋味,又成为爱的缘;爱既贪染于可染的法,又成为取的缘;取既执取于可取的法,又成为有的缘;有既散布于各种趣处,又成为生的缘;生既让诸蕴生起——以诸蕴产生的方式运作——又成为老死的缘;老死既让诸蕴的成熟与坏灭状态得以确立,又成为来世再生起的缘,因为它是忧愁等的依止。因此,在每一个环节中,都应按照各自的情况,从这两种作用的方式来理解。巴利
Yasmā panettha avijjā vatthūsu ca satte sammoheti paccayo ca hoti saṅkhārānaṃ pātubhāvāya, tathā saṅkhārā saṅkhatañca abhisaṅkharonti paccayā ca honti viññāṇassa, viññāṇampi vatthuñca paṭijānāti paccayo ca hoti nāmarūpassa, nāmarūpampi aññamaññañca upatthambheti paccayo ca hoti saḷāyatanassa, saḷāyatanampi savisaye ca vattati paccayo ca hoti phassassa, phassopi ārammaṇañca phusati paccayo ca hoti vedanāya, vedanāpi ārammaṇarasañca anubhavati paccayo ca hoti taṇhāya, taṇhāpi rajjanīye ca dhamme rajjati paccayo ca hoti upādānassa, upādānampi upādānīye ca dhamme upādiyati paccayo ca hoti bhavassa, bhavopi nānāgatīsu ca vikkhipati paccayo ca hoti jātiyā, jātipi khandhe ca janeti tesaṃ abhinibbattibhāvena pavattatā paccayo ca hoti jarāmaraṇassa, jarāmaraṇampi khandhānaṃ pākabhedabhāvañca adhitiṭṭhati paccayo ca hoti bhavantarapātubhāvāya sokādīnaṃ adhiṭṭhānattā, tasmā sabbapadesu dvidhā pavatta‘kiccato’pi idaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
在这里,“无明缘行”这句话是为了遮止“有一个作者(造作者)的见解”;“行缘识”是为了遮止“自我从一处转移到另一处”的见解;“识缘名色”是通过显示被误执为“我”的事物其实是多种不同法,来遮止“密集想”(把事物看成铁板一块的整体感);而在“名色缘六处”等句中,则是为了遮止“我来看……乃至……我识知、我触、我感受、我渴爱、我执取、我存在、我出生、我衰老、我死亡”这类见解。因此,应当根据情况理解:这个有轮(轮回之轮)也是从“遮止邪见”的角度来说的。巴利
Yasmā cettha ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti idaṃ kārakadassananivāraṇaṃ, ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti attasaṅkantidassananivāraṇaṃ, ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti attātiparikappitavatthubhedadassanato ghanasaññānivāraṇaṃ, ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’ntiādīsu ‘‘attā passati…pe… vijānāti phusati vedayati taṇhiyati upādiyati bhavati jāyati jīyati mīyatī’’ti evamādidassananivāraṇaṃ, tasmā micchādassananivāraṇatopetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ ‘nivāraṇato’ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
在这里,因为不见诸法的自相和共相,所以无明就像盲人;盲人踉跄绊跌,就像无明缘行;绊跌后倒下,就像行缘识;倒下后长出肿疱,就像识缘名色;肿疱破裂所生之脓疱,就像名色缘六处;脓疱被碰触,就像六处缘触;碰触带来的疼痛,就像触缘受;想缓解疼痛的渴望,就像受缘渴爱;因为想缓解疼痛而抓取不适当的东西,就像渴爱缘取;以所执取的不适当之物涂敷,就像取缘有;因为涂敷不适当之物而肿疱恶化,就像有缘生;肿疱恶化后破裂,就像生缘老死。巴利
Yasmā panettha salakkhaṇasāmaññalakkhaṇavasena dhammānaṃ adassanato andho viya avijjā , andhassa upakkhalanaṃ viya avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, upakkhalitassa patanaṃ viya saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, patitassa gaṇḍapātubhāvo viya viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, gaṇḍabhedapīḷakā viya nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, gaṇḍapīḷakāghaṭṭanaṃ viya saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, ghaṭṭanadukkhaṃ viya phassapaccayā vedanā, dukkhassa paṭikārābhilāso viya vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, paṭikārābhilāsena asappāyaggahaṇaṃ viya taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādinnaasappāyālepanaṃ viya upādānapaccayā bhavo, asappāyālepanena gaṇḍavikārapātubhāvo viya bhavapaccayā jāti, gaṇḍavikārato gaṇḍabhedo viya jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ.
或者在这里,无明以不修行和邪修行的方式压制众生,就像一层膜遮住眼睛;被它压制的愚人,用能导致再生的诸行把自己缠起来,就像蚕用茧丝把自己裹起来;被诸行抓住的识在各趣中得到落脚处,就像被导师带着的王子得到王位;识在结生时,因为构画投生的相状,生出种种名色,就像幻术师变出幻象;依靠名色的六处增长、发育、广大,就像长在肥沃土地上的丛林;因为诸处的碰触而生起触,就像两根钻火木相互摩擦生火;被触碰到的人,受就出现,就像被火碰到就出现灼热;正在感受的人,渴爱增长,就像喝咸水的人口渴更厉害;口渴的人在诸有中产生贪求,就像口渴的人想喝水,这就是取;以取执取有,就像鱼因为贪吃饵肉而吞钩;有存在时就有生,就像种子存在时就有芽;已生者必定老死,就像已生起的树必定倒下。所以,应当这样用譬喻恰当地理解这个有轮。巴利
Yasmā vā panettha avijjā appaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattibhāvena satte abhibhavati paṭalaṃ viya akkhīni, tadabhibhūto ca bālo ponobbhavikehi saṅkhārehi attānaṃ veṭheti kosakārakimi viya kosappadesehi, saṅkhārapariggahitaṃ viññāṇaṃ gatīsu patiṭṭhaṃ labhati pariṇāyakapariggahito viya rājakumāro rajje, upapattinimittaṃ parikappanato viññāṇaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ anekappakāraṃ nāmarūpaṃ abhinibbatteti māyākāro viya māyaṃ, nāmarūpe patiṭṭhitaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti subhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhito vanappagumbo viya, āyatanaghaṭṭanato phasso jāyati araṇīsahitābhimaddanato aggi viya, phassena phuṭṭhassa vedanā pātubhavati agginā phuṭṭhassa ḍāho viya, vedayamānassa taṇhā vaḍḍhati loṇūdakaṃ pivato pipāsā viya, tasito bhavesu abhilāsaṃ karoti pipāsito viya pānīye, tadassupādānaṃ upādānena bhavaṃ upādiyati āmisalobhena maccho baḷisaṃ viya, bhave sati jāti hoti bīje sati aṅkuro viya, jātassa avassaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ uppannassa rukkhassa patanaṃ viya, tasmā evaṃ ‘upamāhi’ petaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
世尊曾针对义理、法、教说和证悟这四个方面都很深奥这一点,在《大缘经》和《相应部》里说过:“阿难,这缘起确实深奥,而且它的显现也深奥。”因此,应当根据“甚深的分类”,如实理解这个有轮。巴利
Yasmā ca bhagavatā atthatopi dhammatopi desanātopi paṭivedhatopi gambhīrabhāvaṃ sandhāya ‘‘gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso cā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.95; saṃ. ni. 2.60) vuttaṃ, tasmā ‘gambhīrabhedato’petaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
在这里,老死并不是不从生而来,也不是离开生而从别处而来,而正是这样从生集起。由于这种“以生为缘而集起”的状态难以通达,所以老死之“以生为缘而生起、集起”的意义是甚深的。同样,生之“以有为缘……乃至……行的以无明为缘而生起、集起”的意义也是甚深的。因此,这个有轮是“意义甚深”。这就是这里所说的“意义甚深性”。因为因之果就称为“意义”,正如所说:“对因与果的智慧是义辨析。”巴利
Tattha yasmā na jātito jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, na ca jātiṃ vinā aññato hoti, itthañca jātito samudāgacchatīti evaṃ jātipaccayasamudāgataṭṭhassa duravabodhanīyato jarāmaraṇassa jātipaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho gambhīro, tathā jātiyā bhavapaccaya…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ avijjāpaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho gambhīro, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ atthagambhīranti. Ayaṃ tāvettha ‘atthagambhīratā’ hetuphalañhi atthoti vuccati, yathāha ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720).
无明以某种方式、在某种状态下成为那些行的缘,这一点难以通达,所以无明作为行的缘这个意义很深奥;同样,行……中间省略……生作为老死的缘这个意义也很深奥。因此,这个有轮是“法甚深”。这就是这里所说的“法甚深性”。因为因就叫做“法”,正如经上说:“对因的智慧是法辨析。”巴利
Yasmā pana yenākārena yadavatthā ca avijjā tesaṃ tesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti, tassa duravabodhanīyato avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayaṭṭho gambhīro, tathā saṅkhārānaṃ…pe… jātiyā jarāmaraṇassa paccayaṭṭho gambhīro, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ dhammagambhīranti ayamettha ‘dhammagambhīratā’ hetuno hi dhammoti nāmaṃ, yathāha ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti.
因为缘起要依各种理由、以各种方式被宣说,所以教说本身也是甚深的。在这个问题上,除了遍知智以外,没有别的智能站得住脚。同样,这缘起在有些经里是顺着说,在有些经里是逆着说;在有些经里是顺逆合说,在有些经里是从中间开始顺着说或逆着说;在有些经里以三个连接、四个概要来教导,在有些经里以两个连接、三个概要来教导,在有些经里以一个连接、两个概要来教导。因此,这个有轮被称为教说甚深。这就是教说的甚深性。巴利
Yasmā cassa tena tena kāraṇena tathā tathā pavattetabbattā desanāpi gambhīrā, na tattha sabbaññutañāṇato aññaṃ ñāṇaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ labhati, tathā hetaṃ katthaci sutte anulomato, katthaci paṭilomato; katthaci anulomapaṭilomato, katthaci vemajjhato paṭṭhāya anulomato vā paṭilomato vā, katthaci tisandhicatusaṅkhepaṃ, katthaci dvisandhitisaṅkhepaṃ, katthaci ekasandhidvisaṅkhepaṃ desitaṃ, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ desanāgambhīranti ayaṃ desanāgambhīratā.
因为在这里,无明等法的自性本身,以穿透证悟它而使无明等法依各自的特相被通达,它因为极难通达而甚深,所以这个有轮是“证悟甚深”。同样地,在这里:无明的无智、不见、不证悟谛的义理甚深;行的造作、积聚、有贪、离贪的义理甚深;识的空、无作用、不转移、结生、显现的义理甚深;名色的同时生起、不可分离、不可分离地运作、不运作的义理甚深;六处的增上、世间、门、田、境、有境的义理甚深;触的触击、碰触、会合、聚集的义理甚深;受的领纳所缘之味、体验苦乐舍、无命者、被感受的义理甚深;渴爱的欢喜、耽著、流、蔓、河、渴爱海、难以充满的义理甚深;取的执取、把捉、执著、邪执、难以超越的义理甚深;有的积聚、造作、在投生处、趣、住、居所中的投掷的义理甚深;生的出生、产生、入胎、发生、显现的义理甚深;老死的衰败、消逝、破碎、变易的义理甚深。这就是这里所说的证悟甚深性。巴利
Yasmā panettha yo avijjādīnaṃ sabhāvo, yena paṭividdhena avijjādayo dhammā salakkhaṇato paṭividdhā honti, so duppariyogāhattā gambhīro, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ paṭivedhagambhīraṃ. Tathā hettha avijjāya aññāṇādassanasaccāsampaṭivedhaṭṭho gambhīro, saṅkhārānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇāyūhanasarāgavirāgaṭṭho, viññāṇassa suññataabyāpāraasaṅkantipaṭisandhipātubhāvaṭṭho , nāmarūpassa ekuppādavinibbhogāvinibbhoganamanaruppanaṭṭho, saḷāyatanassa adhipatilokadvārakhettavisayavisayībhāvaṭṭho, phassassa phusanasaṅghaṭṭanasaṅgatisannipātaṭṭho, vedanāya ārammaṇarasānubhavanasukhadukkhamajjhattabhāvanijjīvavedayitaṭṭho, taṇhāya abhinanditajjhosānasaritālatānadītaṇhāsamuddaduppūraṇaṭṭho, upādānassa ādānaggahaṇābhinivesaparāmāsaduratikkamanaṭṭho, bhavassa āyūhanābhisaṅkharaṇayonigatiṭhitinivāsesu khipanaṭṭho, jātiyā jātisañjātiokkantinibbattipātubhāvaṭṭho, jarāmaraṇassa khayavayabhedavipariṇāmaṭṭho gambhīroti ayamettha paṭivedhagambhīratā.
在这里,因为有四种义理的方法:单一性方法、差异性方法、无作用方法、法尔如是方法,所以应当根据情况,从“方法分类”的角度来理解这个有轮。其中,“无明缘行,行缘识”这样,就像种子变成芽等,最终长成大树一样,相续不断,这叫作“单一性方法”。正确观察它的人,因为明白以因果关联而运转的相续不会中断,所以舍弃断见;错误观察它的人,因为把以因果关联而运转的相续不断执取为单一,所以执取常见。巴利
Yasmā panettha ekattanayo, nānattanayo, abyāpāranayo, evaṃdhammatānayoti cattāro atthanayā honti , tasmā ‘nayabhedato’petaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ. Tattha ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti evaṃ bījassa aṅkurādibhāvena rukkhabhāvappatti viya santānānupacchedo ‘ekattanayo’ nāma; yaṃ sammā passanto hetuphalasambandhena pavattamānassa santānassa anupacchedāvabodhato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, micchā passanto hetuphalasambandhena pavattamānassa santānānupacchedassa ekattaggahaṇato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
无明等法按各自的特性而区分,这叫做“差异性之理”。正确观察它的人,因为看到新新不断的生起,就舍断常见;错误观察它的人,因为把落入同一相续中的诸法之差别,执取为如同已断相续者的差别,就执取断见。巴利
Avijjādīnaṃ pana yathāsakalakkhaṇavavatthānaṃ ‘nānattanayo’ nāma; yaṃ sammā passanto navanavānaṃ uppādadassanato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, micchā passanto ekasantānapatitassa bhinnasantānasseva nānattaggahaṇato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
对于无明,没有“诸行应该由我生起”这样的作用;对于诸行,也没有“识应该由我们生起”这样的作用。诸如此类的作用不存在,就叫作“无作用之理”。正确观见这个道理的人,因为体悟到没有作者,就断除了我见;错误观见的人,由于不承认即使没有作用、无明等法仍然由自性决定而成立的因性,就执取了无作业见。巴利
Avijjāya ‘saṅkhārā mayā uppādetabbā’, saṅkhārānaṃ vā ‘viññāṇaṃ amhehī’ti evamādibyāpārābhāvo ‘abyāpāranayo’ nāma; yaṃ sammā passanto kārakassa abhāvāvabodhato attadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati, micchā passanto yo asatipi byāpāre avijjādīnaṃ sabhāvaniyamasiddho hetubhāvo tassa aggahaṇato akiriyadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
不过,从无明等这些因缘,只有行等诸法才得以生起,就像从乳等生出酪等一样,而不是其他别的东西——这叫做“法性如是之理”。正确观见这个道理的人,因为能随顺因缘而了悟果报,就舍断了无因见和无作业见;错误观见的人,则不能把握果报是随顺因缘而生起的,反而认为任何果报都不可能从任何因缘生起,于是就执取无因见和定命论。这样,这个轮回——巴利
Avijjādīhi pana kāraṇehi saṅkhārādīnaṃyeva sambhavo khīrādīhi dadhiādīnaṃ viya, na aññesanti ayaṃ ‘evaṃdhammatānayo’ nāma; yaṃ sammā passanto paccayānurūpato phalāvabodhato ahetukadiṭṭhiñca akiriyadiṭṭhiñca pajahati, micchā passanto paccayānurūpaṃ phalappavattiṃ aggahetvā yato kutoci yassa kassaci asambhavaggahaṇato ahetukadiṭṭhiñceva niyatavādañca upādiyatīti evamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ –
应从谛的生起、作用、遮止及譬喻,
还有深奥理趣的种种区分,应当根据情况如实了知。巴利
Saccappabhavato kiccā, vāraṇā upamāhi ca; Gambhīranayabhedā ca, viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
这个确实深不可测,从种种理路去执取它都难以越过;要用在殊胜的定石上好好磨利的智剑——巴利
Idañhi gambhīrato agādhaṃ nānānayaggahaṇato durabhiyānaṃ ñāṇāsinā samādhipavarasilāyaṃ sunisitena –
已劈开有轮之后,
就像能永远碾碎一切的雷轮。
已经超越了轮回的恐惧。
即使在梦中也不存在任何人。巴利
Bhavacakkamapadāletvā , Asanivicakkamiva niccanimmathanaṃ; Saṃsārabhayamatīto, Na koci supinantarepyatthi.
世尊也这样说过:“阿难,这缘起确实甚深,它的显现也甚深。阿难,因为对这条法不通达、不证悟,众生就像纠缠的丝线、打结的线团、乱成一团的文阇草和波罗婆草,无法超越恶趣、恶道、堕处和轮回。”(长部2.95;相应部2.60)因此,为了自己或他人的利益与安乐而修行的人,应当放下其余事务——巴利
Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca. Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṃ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.95; saṃ. ni. 2.60). Tasmā attano vā paresaṃ vā hitāya sukhāya paṭipanno avasesakiccāni pahāya –
有智慧的人,就在这甚深的缘起行相差别里。
就像找到了一个安稳的落脚处,就该一直这样提起正念、持续用功。巴利
Gambhīre paccayākāra-ppabhede idha paṇḍito; Yathā gādhaṃ labhetheva-manuyuñje sadā satoti.
2. 阿毗达摩分别注释巴利
2. Abhidhammabhājanīyavaṇṇanā
243 243. 就像在大地上铺开什么、在虚空中展开什么一样,对一切法都具有无碍智慧的导师,在经分别里以种种心的方式,展示了没有结、没有缠的缘起模式。现在,因为这种缘起模式不只存在于种种心中,也存在于单一心中,所以为了依据阿毗达摩分别的方式,从多种角度展示单一心刹那的缘起模式,先以“无明缘行”等语句立下了论母。这样立下论母之后——巴利
243. Evaṃ mahāpathaviṃ pattharanto viya ākāsaṃ vitthārayanto viya ca sabbadhammesu appaṭihatañāṇo satthā suttantabhājanīye niggaṇṭhiṃ nijjaṭaṃ paccayākāraṃ nānācittavasena dassetvā idāni yasmā na kevalaṃ ayaṃ paccayākāro nānācittesuyeva hoti, ekacittepi hotiyeva, tasmā abhidhammabhājanīyavasena ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ paccayākāraṃ nānappakārato dassetuṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārotiādinā nayena mātikaṃ tāva ṭhapesi. Evaṃ ṭhapitāya pana mātikāya –
以无明等为根本,有九种根本句、九种理趣;
在那里,应当说明四组以及分位的区别。巴利
Avijjādīhi mūlehi, nava mūlapadā nava; Nayā tattha catukkāni, vārabhedañca dīpaye.
这里说明一下:在此,以无明、行、识、名、第六处、触、受、爱、取这些分类,从无明等九个根本句,就形成无明等、行等、识等、名等、第六处等、触等、受等、爱等、取等这九种理趣。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ dīpanā – ettha hi avijjāsaṅkhāraviññāṇanāmachaṭṭhāyatanaphassavedanātaṇhāupādānappabhedehi avijjādīhi navahi mūlapadehi avijjādiko, saṅkhārādiko, viññāṇādiko, nāmādiko, chaṭṭhāyatanādiko, phassādiko, vedanādiko, taṇhādiko, upādānādikoti ime nava mūlapadā nava nayā honti.
在这些理趣当中,先说以无明等为开头的这一套理趣,其中有缘四法、因四法、相应四法、相互四法,一共四组四法。就像在这里一样,在其余各套理趣中也是如此,也就是说,在每一套理趣里,按四组四法来算,就有三十六组四法。其中应当知道:由于每一组四法都统摄四种分位,所以按四组四法来算,在每一套理趣中各有十六种分位,总共就是一百四十四种分位。巴利
Tesu yo tāva ayaṃ avijjādiko nayo, tattha paccayacatukkaṃ, hetucatukkaṃ, sampayuttacatukkaṃ, aññamaññacatukkanti cattāri catukkāni honti. Yathā cettha evaṃ sesesupīti ekekasmiṃ naye catunnaṃ catunnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena chattiṃsa catukkāni. Tattha ekekena catukkena catunnaṃ catunnaṃ vārānaṃ saṅgahitattā catunnampi catukkānaṃ vasena ekekasmiṃ naye soḷasa soḷasa vārāti catucattālīsādhikaṃ vārasataṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
1. 缘四法巴利
1. Paccayacatukkaṃ
在这其中,那个属于最初以无明为根本的理趣中的缘四法:第一个分位,由于在名色处说了名,又在六处处说了第六处,所以叫作两支不圆满的十二支分位。第二个:因为它在名色中只说了名,在六处中什么也没说,所以叫作一支不圆满的十一支分位。第三个:因为它在六处中说了第六处,所以叫作一支圆满的十二支分位。第四个则是圆满的十二支分位。巴利
Tattha yadetaṃ sabbapaṭhame avijjāmūlake naye paccayacatukkaṃ, tasmiṃ paṭhamo nāmarūpaṭṭhāne nāmassa, saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne chaṭṭhāyatanassa ca vuttattā aparipuṇṇaaṅgadvayayutto dvādasaṅgikavāro nāma. Dutiyo nāmarūpaṭṭhāne nāmasseva, saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne ca na kassaci vuttattā aparipuṇṇaekaṅgayutto ekādasaṅgikavāro nāma. Tatiyo saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne chaṭṭhāyatanassa vuttattā paripuṇṇaekaṅgayutto dvādasaṅgikavāro nāma. Catuttho pana paripuṇṇadvādasaṅgikoyeva.
这里可能会有人问:既然第三分位也说了“第六处缘触”,那它不也同样是一支不圆满的吗?不是。因为第六处在这里不算“支”。这里真正的“支”只是触,不是第六处。所以,由于第六处不是支,就不能说这个分位是一支不圆满的。不过,注释书里是这样说的:第一分位是按总摄一切的角度来取的,第二分位是按缘的差别来取的,第三分位是就胎生有情来说的,第四分位是就化生有情来说的。同样,第一分位是按总摄一切的角度来取的,第二分位是按缘的差别来取的,第三分位是就不圆满的处来取的,第四分位是就圆满的处来取的。同样,第一分位是按总摄一切的角度来取的,第二分位是依《大因缘经》(长部2.95等)来取的,第三分位是就色有来取的,第四分位是就欲有来取的。巴利
Tattha siyā – ayampi chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phassoti vuttattā aparipuṇṇekaṅgayuttoyevāti? Na, tassa anaṅgattā. Phassoyeva hettha aṅgaṃ, na chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ. Tasmā tassa anaṅgattā nāyaṃ aparipuṇṇekaṅgayuttoti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ – ‘‘paṭhamo sabbasaṅgāhikaṭṭhena , dutiyo paccayavisesaṭṭhena, tatiyo gabbhaseyyakasattānaṃ vasena, catuttho opapātikasattānaṃ vasena gahito. Tathā paṭhamo sabbasaṅgāhikaṭṭhena, dutiyo paccayavisesaṭṭhena, tatiyo aparipuṇṇāyatanavasena, catuttho paripuṇṇāyatanavasena gahito. Tathā paṭhamo sabbasaṅgāhikaṭṭhena, dutiyo mahānidānasuttantavasena (dī. ni. 2.95 ādayo), tatiyo rūpabhavavasena, catuttho kāmabhavavasena gahito’’ti.
其中,第一种在这后面的第二等三种分位里,无论哪里都不进入,所以被称为总摄一切。其余几种的差别,后面会说明。为了让这个差别清楚显现——巴利
Tattha paṭhamo imesu dutiyādīsu tīsu vāresu na katthaci na pavisatīti sabbasaṅgāhikoti vutto. Sesānaṃ viseso parato āvibhavissati. Tassāvibhāvatthaṃ –
无论什么法在什么地方被说成不同,以及什么法在什么地方没有被说到,
对于某物而言,什么条件以何种方式起作用,就应全面观察它。巴利
Yaṃ yattha aññathā vuttaṃ, avuttañcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Yaṃ yathā paccayo yassa, taṃ sabbamupalakkhaye.
这里的方法是:首先,不加区分地说,在四种当中,都不像《经分别》那样说“诸行”而说“行”。这是为什么呢?因为这是单一心刹那的。在那里,展示的是多种心刹那的缘起方式;而在这里,开始说的是单一心刹那的。在单一心刹那中,并没有许多个思,所以不说“诸行”,只说“行”。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ nayo – avisesena tāva catūsupi etesu suttantabhājaniye viya saṅkhārāti avatvā saṅkhāroti vuttaṃ, taṃ kasmāti? Ekacittakkhaṇikattā. Tatra hi nānācittakkhaṇiko paccayākāro vibhatto. Idha ekacittakkhaṇiko āraddho. Ekacittakkhaṇe ca bahū cetanā na santīti saṅkhārāti avatvā saṅkhāroti vuttaṃ.
不过在初品中,因为这里只取属于同一心识刹那的法,而且这些法是所有处所共通的,所以把色排除掉,只说“识缘名”。因为名属于同一心识刹那,也是所有处所共通的,在任何识生起的地方都不会不生起。又因为这里属于同一心识刹那的触只有一个,所以为了取与它相应的、作为缘的处,在六处这一项里只说“名缘第六处”,也就是只说意处。因为意处是与单一不善触相应的、作为缘的处。虽然“行缘识”那里也已经说过,但为了显示因果的差别以及使支分圆满,这里又再次取用。因为在那边,行是特别的因,名是一般的果;而在这里,名是一般的因,触是特别的果。至于愁等,因为不可能全部在一个心识刹那中生起,也不会在一切心识生起之处和一切心中生起,所以没有取用。生和老死虽然不限于单一的心识刹那,但因为它们包含在心识刹那之中,为了使支分圆满,所以取用了。这样,在这里初品中,应当知道“哪些是以不同方式说的,哪些是没有说的”。巴利
Paṭhamavāre panettha ekacittakkhaṇapariyāpannadhammasaṅgahaṇato sabbaṭṭhānasādhāraṇato ca rūpaṃ chaḍḍetvā ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāma’’ntveva vuttaṃ. Tañhi ekacittakkhaṇapariyāpannaṃ sabbaṭṭhānasādhāraṇañca, na katthaci viññāṇappavattiṭṭhāne na pavattati. Yasmā ca ekacittakkhaṇapariyāpanno ekovettha phasso, tasmā tassānurūpaṃ paccayabhūtaṃ āyatanaṃ gaṇhanto saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne ‘‘nāmapaccayā chaṭṭhāyatana’’nti ekaṃ manāyatanaṃyeva āha. Tañhi ekassa akusalaphassassa anurūpaṃ paccayabhūtaṃ. Kāmañcetaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti etthāpi vuttaṃ, hetuphalavisesadassanatthaṃ pana aṅgapuṇṇatthañca puna idha gahitaṃ. Tatra hi etassa visesena saṅkhāro hetu, avisesena nāmaṃ phalaṃ. Idha panassa avisesena nāmaṃ hetu, visesena phasso phalanti. Sokādayo pana yasmā sabbe ekacittakkhaṇe na sambhavanti, sabbasmiñca cittappavattiṭṭhāne ceva citte ca na pavattanti, tasmā na gahitā. Jātijarāmaraṇāni pana acittakkhaṇamattānipi samānāni cittakkhaṇe antogadhattā aṅgaparipūraṇatthaṃ gahitāni. Evaṃ tāvettha ‘yaṃ aññathā vuttaṃ. Yañca avuttaṃ’ taṃ veditabbaṃ.
另外,凡是这里以及后面各品中所说的内容,都应该按照前面已经讲过的方式去理解。而在每一品中出现了什么样的差别,我们就在那一品相应的位置逐一说明。巴利
Yaṃ panettha ito paresu vāresu vuttaṃ, tassattho vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ pana vāre yo yo viseso āgato, taṃ taṃ tattha tattheva pakāsayissāma.
在“某法以何种方式成为某法的缘”这一句中,无明对行以七种方式成为缘:即因缘,以及与相应法共通的俱生、相互、依止、相应、有、不离去这六种缘。其中,因为后面所说的因四组等三组四法,是依不离去缘、相应缘、相互缘来说的,所以这里把这些去掉之后,应当知道无明是以四种方式对行为缘。巴利
‘Yaṃ yathā paccayo yassā’ti ettha pana saṅkhārassa avijjā sampayuttadhammasādhāraṇehi sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi chahi hetupaccayena cāti sattadhā paccayo. Tattha yasmā parato hetucatukkādīni tīṇi catukkāni avigatasampayuttaaññamaññapaccayavasena vuttāni, tasmā idha tāni apanetvā avasesānaṃ vasena avijjā saṅkhārassa catudhā paccayoti veditabbo.
行对识,以共通的六种缘,再加上业缘和食缘,共有八种方式作为缘。但在这里,去掉那三种,就成五种。识对名,以共通的六种缘,再加上根缘、食缘、增上缘,共有九种方式。但在这里,去掉那三种,就成六种。名对第六处,以共通的六种缘为缘。不过在这里,有些是以增上缘,有些是以食缘等,方式多种多样。但在这里,去掉那三种,就成三种、四种或五种。第六处对触,和识对名一样。同样,触对受,以共通的六种缘加上食缘,共有七种方式。但在这里,去掉那三种,就成四种。受对渴爱,以共通的六种缘加上禅那缘和根缘,共有八种方式。但在这里,去掉那三种,就成五种。渴爱对取,和无明对行一样。同样,取对有,以共通的六种缘加上道缘,共有七种方式。但在这里,去掉那三种,就成四种。有对生:因为这里的“生”指的是有为相,所以只是间接地以亲依止缘为缘。生对老死也是如此。巴利
Saṅkhāro viññāṇassa sādhāraṇehi chahi, kammāhārapaccayehi cāti aṭṭhadhā paccayo. Idha pana teyeva tayo apanetvā pañcadhā. Viññāṇaṃ nāmassa sādhāraṇehi chahi, indriyāhārādhipatīhi cāti navadhā. Idha pana tayo apanetvā chadhā. Nāmaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa sādhāraṇehi chahi. Kiñci panettha adhipatipaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayādīhīti anekadhā. Idha pana teyeva tayo apanetvā tidhā catudhā pañcadhā vā. Chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ phassassa yathā viññāṇaṃ nāmassa. Evaṃ phasso vedanāya sādhāraṇehi chahi āhārapaccayena cāti sattadhā. Idha pana teyeva tayo apanetvā catudhā. Vedanā taṇhāya sādhāraṇehi chahi jhānindriyapaccayehi cāti aṭṭhadhā. Idha pana teyeva tayo apanetvā pañcadhā. Taṇhā upādānassa, yathā avijjā saṅkhārassa. Evaṃ upādānaṃ bhavassa sādhāraṇehi chahi maggapaccayena cāti sattadhā. Idha pana teyeva tayo apanetvā catudhā. Bhavo jātiyā, yasmā jātīti idha saṅkhatalakkhaṇaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā pariyāyena upanissayapaccayeneva paccayo. Tathā jāti jarāmaraṇassāti.
不过,如果有人这样说:“在这个四支一组里,一切行等都以无明等作为俱生缘。因为第一轮就是按俱生缘开始的。”那么就要指出:有等并不是那样,其余的缘也确实存在,以此驳斥他们。因为“有”并不是“生”的俱生缘,“生”也不是“老死”的俱生缘。而那些被说为行等其余缘的,也确实存在。所以不能把它们去掉。这样,在第一轮里,什么在什么地方被说成不同,什么在什么地方没有说,以及什么以什么方式成为什么的缘,都应当如实理解。第二轮等也是同样的道理。巴利
Ye pana evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘imasmiṃ catukke sabbesampi saṅkhārādīnaṃ avijjādayo sahajātapaccayena paccayā honti. Sahajātapaccayavaseneva hi paṭhamavāro āraddho’’ti, te bhavādīnaṃ tathā abhāvaṃ sesapaccayānañca sambhavaṃ dassetvā paṭikkhipitabbā. Na hi bhavo jātiyā sahajātapaccayo hoti, na jāti jarāmaraṇassa. Ye cetesaṃ saṅkharādīnaṃ avasesā paccayā vuttā, tepi sambhavantiyeva. Tasmā na sakkā chaḍḍetunti. Evaṃ tāva paṭhamavāre yaṃ yattha aññathā vuttaṃ, avuttañcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ, yañca yathā yassa paccayo hoti, taṃ veditabbaṃ. Dutiyavārādīsupi eseva nayo.
这里的不同之处在于:在第二品中,说了“以名为缘而有触”之后,在六处这个地方什么都没说,这是为了什么?既是为了显示缘的差别,也是为了纳入《大因缘经》的教导。因为触并不只是以第六处为缘,受蕴等三蕴也是以触为缘。而且在《大因缘经》里,关于触是这样说的:如果有人问“有这个缘,就有触吗?”阿难,应当回答“有”。如果问“以什么为缘而有触?”就应当回答“以名为缘而有触”。这样一来,就舍弃了六处,说成了十一支的缘起。所以,为了显示这个缘的差别,也为了纳入这部《大因缘经》的教导,在第二品中说了“以名为缘而有触”之后,在六处这个地方什么都没说。这就是第二品中的不同之处。巴利
Ayaṃ pana viseso – dutiyavāre ‘‘nāmapaccayā phasso’’ti vatvā saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne na kiñci vuttaṃ, taṃ kimatthanti? Paccayavisesadassanatthañceva mahānidānadesanāsaṅgahatthañca. Phassassa hi na kevalañca chaṭṭhāyatanameva paccayo, vedanākkhandhādayo pana tayo khandhāpi paccayāyeva. Mahānidānasuttante cassa ‘‘atthi idappaccayā phassoti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. Kiṃ paccayā phassoti? Iti ce vadeyya, nāmapaccayā phassoti iccassa vacanīya’’nti (dī. ni. 2.96). Evaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ chaḍḍetvā ekādasaṅgiko paṭiccasamuppādo vutto. Tasmā imassa paccayavisesassa dassanatthaṃ imissā ca mahānidānasuttantadesanāya pariggahatthaṃ dutiyavāre ‘‘nāmapaccayā phasso’’ti vatvā saḷāyatanaṭṭhāne na kiñci vuttanti. Esa tāva dutiyavāre viseso.
在第三品中,说到“识缘名色”时,只是把经分别中已经出现的第四支拿来重说。有人问:缘起的理路在这里是单一心识刹那的,这样说不合理吧?这并不不合理。为什么?因为在它自己的刹那中就能成为缘。即使那里的色会住立超过心识刹那,那个识仍然在它自己的刹那中成为缘。怎么成为缘呢?对于前生的心等起色或其他色,是以后生缘为缘。如论中所说:“后生的心、心所法,对前生的这个身体,以后生缘为缘。”对于俱生的心等起色,则是以依止缘为缘。如论中所说:“心、心所法,对心等起色,以依止缘为缘。”巴利
Tatiyavāre pana ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti suttantabhājanīye āgatameva catutthamaṅgaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ ekacittakkhaṇikattā paccayākārassa idha ayuttanti ce? Taṃ nāyuttaṃ. Kasmā? Sakakkhaṇe paccayabhāvato. Sacepi hi tattha rūpaṃ cittakkhaṇato uddhaṃ tiṭṭhati, tathāpissa taṃ viññāṇaṃ sakakkhaṇe paccayo hoti. Kathaṃ? Purejātassa tāva cittasamuṭṭhānassa aññassa vā pacchājātapaccayena. Vuttañcetaṃ ‘‘pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā purejātassa imassa kāyassa pacchājātapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.11). Sahajātassa pana cittasamuṭṭhānassa nissayapaccayena paccayo. Yathāha ‘‘cittacetasikā dhammā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.8).
如果是这样,为什么在前面几段里没有这样说呢?因为那是针对色法生起的处所而说的。这个缘起模式,是就色法生起的处所,依欲界中胎生众生、处不具足的化生众生,以及色界天神这三类来说的。所以这里不说“以名色为缘而有六处”,而说“第六处”。其中,“名”跟前面说的一样。而“色”应当理解为心色。这心色对第六处来说,以依止缘和先有缘这两种方式作为缘,这就是第三段的差别所在。巴利
Yadi evaṃ, purimavāresu kasmā evaṃ na vuttanti ? Rūpappavattidesaṃ sandhāya desitattā. Ayañhi paccayākāro rūpappavattidese kāmabhave gabbhaseyyakānañceva aparipuṇṇāyatanaopapātikānañca rūpāvacaradevānañca vasena desito. Tenevettha ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti avatvā chaṭṭhāyatananti vuttaṃ. Tattha nāmaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. Rūpaṃ pana hadayarūpaṃ veditabbaṃ. Taṃ panetassa chaṭṭhāyatanassa nissayapaccayena ceva purejātapaccayena cāti dvidhā paccayo hotīti esa tatiyavāre viseso.
第四种说法的不同之处在于:它是依化生者的生类差别、诸处具足者的处差别、以及欲界有情的存在差别来说的。正因如此,这里说的是“以名色为缘而有六处”。其中,名法对第六处,通过俱生缘等为缘;对眼处等,则通过后生缘为缘。在色法方面,心色对第六处,通过依止缘和先有缘为缘;四大种对眼处等,则通过俱生缘、依止缘、有缘、不离去缘为缘。然而,因为这里的缘起方式只涉及一个心刹那,所以此处不说“以六处为缘”,而说“以第六处为缘而有触”——这就是第四种说法的不同之处。巴利
Catutthavāro pana yonivasena opapātikānaṃ, āyatanavasena paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ, bhavavasena kāmāvacarasattānaṃ vasena vutto. Tenevettha ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha nāmaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa sahajātādīhi, cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ pacchājātapaccayena. Rūpe hadayarūpaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa nissayapaccayapurejātapaccayehi, cattāri mahābhūtāni cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ sahajātanissayaatthiavigatehi. Yasmā panesa ekacittakkhaṇiko paccayākāro, tasmā ettha saḷāyatanapaccayāti avatvā ‘‘chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti vuttoti ayaṃ catutthavāre viseso.
这样了解了它们之间的差别之后,还要知道:在这四种说法里,前两种是特别为了显示无色界的缘起方式而说的。因为在无色界,缘起的各支不与色法混杂而转起。第三种是为了显示色界的缘起方式而说的。因为在色界,虽然与色法混杂,六处却不转起。第四种是为了显示欲界的缘起方式而说的。因为在欲界,完整的六处会转起。或者,第三种是就色界和欲界中诸处尚未具足时不善心转起的那一刹那而说的。第四种则是就欲界中诸处已具足的情况而说的。或者,第一种是就遍行一切处而说的,因为它无论在哪里,只要心有转起的地方,都会转起。第二种是就缘的差别而说的,因为在这里有十一支,而且触以名为缘,这就是缘的差别。第三种是就前两种生类而说的,因为在前两种生类中它会出现,而在那里六处并非始终存在。第四种是就后两种生类而说的,因为在后两种生类中它会出现,而在那里六处始终存在。巴利
Evametesaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ ñatvā puna sabbesveva tesu visesena paṭhamakā dve vārā arūpabhave paccayākāradassanatthaṃ vuttāti veditabbā. Arūpabhavasmiñhi rūpena asammissāni paṭiccasamuppādaṅgāni pavattanti. Tatiyo rūpabhave paccayākāradassanatthaṃ vutto. Rūpabhavasmiñhi satipi rūpasammissatte saḷāyatanaṃ na pavattati. Catuttho kāmabhave paccayākāradassanatthaṃ vutto. Kāmabhavasmiñhi sakalaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ pavattati. Tatiyo vā rūpabhave ceva kāmabhave ca aparipuṇṇāyatanānaṃ akusalappavattikkhaṇaṃ sandhāya vutto. Catuttho vā kāmabhave paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ. Paṭhamo vā sabbatthagāmitaṃ sandhāya vutto. So hi na katthaci cittappavattidese na pavattati. Dutiyo paccayavisesaṃ sandhāya vutto. Ekādasaṅgikattañhettha phassassa ca nāmapaccayattaṃ paccayaviseso. Tatiyo purimayonidvayaṃ sandhāya vutto. Purimāsu hi dvīsu yonīsu so sambhavati, tattha sadā saḷāyatanassa asambhavato. Catuttho pacchimayonidvayaṃ sandhāya vutto. Pacchimāsu hi so dvīsu yonīsu sambhavati, tattha sadā saḷāyatanassa sambhavatoti.
至此,在四种限制当中,所说的那些内容——巴利
Ettāvatā ca yaṃ vuttaṃ catūsupi vāresu –
无论什么法在什么地方被说成不同样子,以及在哪里有什么法没有被说到,
凡以何种方式作为何物之条件者,那一切都被观察到了。巴利
Yaṃ yattha aññathā vuttaṃ, avuttañcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ; Yaṃ yathā paccayo yassa, taṃ sabbamupalakkhayeti.
偈颂的义理阐明已经作成。巴利
Gāthāya atthadīpanā katā hoti.
按照这个顺序,这一切方法都能从这里了解。
如果有人能了知那差别,在四法以及其他法中也应如此了知。巴利
Etenevānusārena, sabbametaṃ nayaṃ ito; Viseso yo ca taṃ jaññā, catukkesu paresupi.
244 244. 在这里,前面所说的那种方法,在一切地方都是很明显的。不过,差别应当这样理解:在“因四法”当中,先说“无明是它的因”,也就是“以无明为因”。这是说,无明与它一起活动,直到坏灭,都是推动它生起、使它趣向的力量。通过“以无明为缘”这句话,依俱生缘等缘的方式,共通地显示了无明是行的缘;然后,再通过“以无明为因”这句话,特别显示了它属于不离去缘。在“以行为缘而有识”“以行为因”等等当中,道理也是这样。巴利
244. Tattha yo tāva idha vutto nayo, so sabbattha pākaṭoyeva. Viseso pana evaṃ veditabbo – hetucatukke tāva avijjā hetu assāti avijjāhetuko. Avijjā assa sahavattanato yāvabhaṅgā pavattikā gamikāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā’’ti ca ettāvatā sahajātādipaccayavasena sādhāraṇato saṅkhārassa avijjā paccayoti dassetvā, puna ‘‘avijjāhetuko’’ti eteneva visesato avigatapaccayatā dassitā. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ saṅkhārahetukantiādīsupi eseva nayo.
为什么在“有”等支里不把取拿来当“因”呢?因为不离去缘既没有决定性,也不存在。按照“其中,什么是取缘有?除了取,受蕴、想蕴、行蕴、识蕴——这称为取缘有”的说法,取缘的四蕴在这里就叫作“有”。而在行蕴方面,依据“生由二蕴所摄”等说法,生和老死已经包含在内了。巴利
Kasmā pana bhavādīsu hetukaggahaṇaṃ na katanti? Avigatapaccayaniyamābhāvato abhāvato ca avigatapaccayassa. ‘‘Tattha katamo upādānapaccayā bhavo? Ṭhapetvā upādānaṃ vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho viññāṇakkhandho – ayaṃ vuccati upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti vacanato upādānapaccayā catunnaṃ khandhānaṃ idha bhavoti nāmaṃ. Saṅkhārakkhandhe ca ‘‘jāti dvīhi khandhehi saṅgahitā’’tiādivacanato (dhātu. 71) jātijarāmaraṇāni antogadhāni.
在这里,因为直到取为止,生和老死都找不到,所以取对“有”来说,并不是决定性的不离去缘。根据“那些那些法的生”等说法,在有为相中,被称为老死的“有”仅仅在生的那一刹那不存在,所以不离去缘性不能成立。同样,因为生在老死的那一刹那不存在。然而,“有”只是以亲依止缘作为生的缘,生是老死的缘。因此,由于不离去缘的决定性完全不存在,而且不离去缘本身也不存在,应当知道,在“有”等当中没有取“因”这一项。巴利
Tattha yāva upādānaṃ tāva jātijarāmaraṇānaṃ anupalabbhanato upādānaṃ bhavassa na niyamato avigatapaccayo hoti. ‘‘Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ jātī’’ti ādivacanato saṅkhatalakkhaṇesu jātiyā jarāmaraṇasaṅkhātassa bhavassa jātikkhaṇamatteyeva abhāvato avigatapaccayabhāvo na sambhavati. Tathā jātiyā jarāmaraṇakkhaṇe abhāvato . Upanissayapaccayeneva pana bhavo jātiyā. Jāti jarāmaraṇassa paccayoti sabbathāpi avigatapaccayaniyamābhāvato abhāvato ca avigatapaccayassa bhavādīsu hetukaggahaṇaṃ na katanti veditabbaṃ.
有些人则这样说:从“有有两种”这句话来看,有是混同了投生(upapatti)的;而取对于投生之有并不是不离去缘,所以不说“取缘有、以取为因”,只说“取缘有”。在这里,因为已经被截断,后面也就不再说了。但这种说法在这里并不合理,因为这里并不想指混同了投生的有。因为在这里,“有”是指无色蕴。巴利
Keci panāhu – ‘‘bhavo duvidhenā’’ti vacanato upapattimissako bhavo, na ca upapattibhavassa upādānaṃ avigatapaccayo hotīti ‘‘upādānapaccayā bhavo upādānahetuko’’ti avatvā ‘‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti vutto. Idha pacchinnattā paratopi na vuttanti. Taṃ idha upapattimissakassa bhavassa anadhippetattā ayuttaṃ. Arūpakkhandhā hi idha bhavoti āgatā.
在“以有为缘而有生”这一句中,应当知道:除了生、老、死之外,其余的有是生的缘。为什么呢?因为生等并不是由生作缘的。如果是这样,那是不是应该说“除了生、老、死之外,有是生的缘”?是的,应该这样说,但因为找不到可以这样说的位置,所以没有直接说出来。因为在解说第十支时,应当说的是由取作缘而生的有;在解说第十一支时,应当说的是生。而作为生之缘的那个有,并没有一个适合解说的位置,所以因为无处可说,就没有说。不过,即使没有明说,也应当依道理来理解。再者,在“以识为缘而有名色”等处,因为识等能够成立作为不离去缘的状态,所以作了“以识为因”等说法。这就是因四法组中的差别所在。巴利
Bhavapaccayājātīti ettha ca ṭhapetvā jātijarāmaraṇāni avaseso bhavo jātiyā paccayoti veditabbo. Kasmā? Jātiādīnaṃ jātiyā appaccayattā. Yadi evaṃ, ṭhapetvā jātijarāmaraṇāni bhavo jātiyā paccayoti vattabboti? Āma vattabbo, vattabbapadesābhāvato pana na vutto. Dasamaṅganiddese hi upādānapaccayasambhūto bhavo vattabbo. Ekādasamaṅganiddese jāti vattabbā. Yo pana bhavo jātiyā paccayo, tassa vattabbapadeso natthīti vattabbapadesābhāvato na vutto. Avuttopi pana yuttito gahetabboti. Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpantiādīsu ca viññāṇādīnaṃ avigatapaccayabhāvasambhavato viññāṇahetukādivacanaṃ katanti esa hetucatukke viseso.
相应四法组巴利
3. Sampayuttacatukkaṃ
245 在相应四法组里,说到“以无明为缘”时,先通过俱生缘等缘的方式,说明了行以无明为缘;接着又说“与无明相应”,这就显示了相应缘。其余几个词也是同样的道理。不过,因为非色法的名法不可能与色法相应,所以在“以识为缘而有名色”等第三、第四种表述里,只取其中能成立的部分,比如“与识相应的名”。这就是相应四法组里的特别之处。巴利
245. Sampayuttacatukkepi avijjāpaccayāti ettāvatā sahajātādipaccayavasena saṅkhārassa avijjāpaccayataṃ dassetvā puna ‘‘avijjāsampayutto’’ti sampayuttapaccayatā dassitā. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Yasmā pana arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ rūpadhammehi sampayogo natthi, tasmā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpantiādīsu tatiyacatutthavārapadesu ‘‘viññāṇasampayuttaṃ nāma’’ntiādinā nayena yaṃ labbhati, tadeva gahitanti esa sampayuttacatukke viseso.
相互四法组巴利
4. Aññamaññacatukkaṃ
246 在相互四法组里,先说“以无明为缘”,从俱生缘等缘的角度说明行以无明为缘;然后说“也以行为缘而有无明”,显示它们是相互为缘的。其余各句也是同样的道理。不过,因为“有”是整体性的,“取”是部分性的,而部分性的法可以成为整体性法的缘,整体性的法却不能成为部分性法的缘,所以这里没有说“也以有为缘而有取”;或者说,因为前面已经讲完了,所以就不再这样说。又因为以名色为缘才有六处,而在同一个心识刹那中,并没有以六处为缘的名色,所以能作为六处相互为缘的名色并不存在;因此在第四句中,只取了能够成立的说法,即“也以第六处为缘而有名色”。这就是相互四法组中的特别之处。巴利
246. Aññamaññacatukkepi avijjāpaccayāti sahajātādipaccayavasena saṅkhārassa avijjāpaccayataṃ dassetvā ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayāpi avijjā’’ti aññamaññapaccayatā dassitā. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Yasmā pana bhavo nippadeso, upādānaṃ sappadesaṃ, sappadesadhammo ca nippadesadhammassa paccayo hoti, na nippadesadhammo sappadesadhammassa, tasmā ettha ‘‘bhavapaccayāpi upādāna’’nti na vuttaṃ; heṭṭhā vā desanāya pacchinnattā evaṃ na vuttaṃ . Yasmā ca nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ atthi, saḷāyatanapaccayā ekacittakkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ natthi, yassa saḷāyatanaṃ aññamaññapaccayo bhaveyya, tasmā catutthavāre ‘‘chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayāpi nāmarūpa’’nti yaṃ labbhati tadeva gahitanti esa aññamaññacatukke viseso.
以行为等为根本的论母巴利
Saṅkhārādimūlakanayamātikā
247 247. 现在,从“以行为缘而有无明”开始,进入了以行为根本的论法。在这里也一样,应当知道有四个四法组和十六种分法,就像以无明为根本的论法那样。不过,在第一个四法组中,只显示了第一分,开示就简略了。就像这里一样,在以识为根本等的论法中也应如此理解。在那些以行为根本等八种论法中,通过“以行为缘而有无明”等方式,显示了无明以行等为缘的俱生缘等缘的关系之后,又通过“以无明为缘而有行”等方式,显示了即使在一个心识刹那中,缘之轮的运作方式。巴利
247. Idāni saṅkhārapaccayā avijjāti saṅkhāramūlakanayo āraddho. Tatthāpi yathā avijjāmūlake evaṃ cattāri catukkāni soḷasa ca vārā veditabbā. Paṭhamacatukke pana paṭhamavārameva dassetvā desanā saṃkhittā. Yathā cettha evaṃ viññāṇamūlakādīsupi. Tattha sabbesveva tesu saṅkhāramūlakādīsu aṭṭhasu nayesu ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā avijjā’’tiādinā nayena sahajātādipaccayavasena avijjāya saṅkhārādipaccayataṃ dassetvā puna ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’tiādinā nayena ekacittakkhaṇepi paccayākāracakkassa pavatti dassitā.
为什么没有说以“有”为根本的理路,或者以生、老、死为根本的理路呢?难道以“有”为缘就没有无明吗?并不是没有。不过,在说“以行为缘有无明”等等的时候,凡是属于“有”的法,都已经说成是无明的缘了。所以,再没有别的、先前没说过而应当说的无明缘,因此就没有说以“有”为根本的理路。而且,一提到“有”,无明也就被包括进去了。这样一来,如果说“以有为缘有无明”,那就等于说“以无明为缘有无明”。可是在同一个心识刹那中,无明不可能成为无明自己的缘。由于教说在这里就中断了,所以也没有采取以生、老、死为根本的理路。再说,生、老、死也都包含在“有”里面,而它们在同一个心识刹那中并不能成为无明的缘,所以说没有以“有”为根本的理路,也没有以生、老、死为根本的理路。巴利
Kasmā pana bhavamūlakā jātijarāmaraṇamūlakā vā nayā na vuttā? Kiṃ bhavapaccayā avijjā na hotīti? No na hoti. ‘‘Saṅkhārapaccayā avijjā’’ti evamādīsu pana vuccamānesu na koci bhavapariyāpanno dhammo avijjāya paccayo na vutto. Tasmā apubbassa aññassa avijjāpaccayassa vattabbassa abhāvato bhavamūlako nayo na vutto. Bhavaggahaṇena ca avijjāpi saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Tasmā ‘‘bhavapaccayā avijjā’’ti vuccamāne ‘‘avijjāpaccayā avijjā’’tipi vuttaṃ siyā. Na ca ekacittakkhaṇe avijjā avijjāya paccayo nāma hoti. Tattha pacchinnattāva jātijarāmaraṇamūlakāpi nayā na gahitā. Apica bhave jātijarāmaraṇānipi antogadhāni. Na cetāni ekacittakkhaṇe avijjāya paccayā hontīti bhavamūlakā jātijarāmaraṇamūlakā vā nayā na vuttāti.
不善法的解说注释巴利
Akusalaniddesavaṇṇanā
248-249 248-249. 现在,就像前面《心生起品》中从善三法开始,按照所安立的论母次序,首先分析了善法;同样地,这里因为论母中没有安立善法,所以没有先涉及善法。而由于论母是依不善法安立的,也就是“以无明为缘而有行”,因此按照安立的次序,分析无明等缘起支来显示,于是说了“哪些法是不善的”等。它的含义应当依照前面《心生起品》中所说的方式来理解。然而,因为在同一个心识刹那中,渴爱和欲取不可能同时生起,所以为了显示这里依渴爱之缘而得到的取,便说了“见、见趣”等。巴利
248-249. Idāni yathā heṭṭhā cittuppādakaṇḍe kusalattikaṃ ādiṃ katvā nikkhittamātikāya paṭipāṭiyā paṭhamaṃ kusalaṃ bhājitaṃ, tathā idha mātikāya anikkhittattā paṭhamaṃ kusalaṃ anāmasitvā ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro’’ti akusaladhammavasena mātikāya nikkhittattā nikkhepapaṭipāṭiyāva avijjādīni paṭiccasamuppādaṅgāni bhājetvā dassetuṃ katame dhammāakusalātiādimāha. Tassattho heṭṭhā cittuppādakaṇḍe (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 365) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yasmā pana ekacittakkhaṇe taṇhāya ca kāmupādānassa ca sambhavo natthi, tasmā yaṃ ettha taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ labbhati, tadeva dassetuṃ diṭṭhi diṭṭhigatantiādi vuttaṃ.
在“有”的解说中,因为取被归入行蕴,所以说了“除了取之外,受蕴、想蕴、行蕴、识蕴”。如果这样说的话,取就会成为取的缘,而它并不能成为自身的缘。在“生”等的解说中,因为生等是非色法的生等,所以没有说“牙齿脱落、头发斑白、皮肤起皱、死、死亡”。巴利
Bhavaniddese ca yasmā upādānaṃ saṅkhārakkhandhe saṅgahaṃ gacchati, tasmā ‘‘ṭhapetvā upādānaṃ vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho viññāṇakkhandho’’ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi vuccamāne upādānassa upādānapaccayattaṃ āpajjeyya. Na ca tadeva tassa paccayo hoti. Jātiādiniddesesu yasmā ete arūpadhammānaṃ jātiādayo, tasmā ‘‘khaṇḍiccaṃ, pāliccaṃ, valittacatā, cuti, cavanatā’’ti na vuttaṃ.
250 250. 这样结束第一轮之后,在第二轮中,为了在那个与第一轮所示缘起模式相同的时刻,再用另一种方式显示缘起模式,所以没有另外建立“分时分别轮”,而是就在那个时刻,以“无明缘行”等这样的方式作了开示。其中,“除了触之外”这句话,是因为触也属于名,所以为了把触从名中单独拿出来而说的。巴利
250. Evaṃ paṭhamavāraṃ niṭṭhapetvā puna dutiyavāre yasmiṃ samaye paṭhamavārena paccayākāro dassito, tasmiṃyeva samaye aparenapi nayena paccayākāraṃ dassetuṃ visuṃ samayavavatthānavāraṃ avatvā tasmiṃ samaye avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārotiādināva nayena desanā katā. Tattha ṭhapetvā phassanti idaṃ yasmā phassopi nāmapariyāpanno, tasmā phassassa nāmato nīharaṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ.
252 在第三转中,对于以识为缘的心生色法,当它生起时,由于由它支持的眼处等的增长可以被看出来,所以说“眼处的增长”等。又因为对于那时正在生起的业生色法,识也以后生缘为缘,所以也这样说。在这里,虽然只取了业生和心生这两种相续,但另外两种相续也应该取,因为识确实也是它们的缘。巴利
252. Tatiyavāre yassa cittasamuṭṭhānarūpassa viññāṇaṃ paccayo, tasmiṃ pavattamāne yasmā tenupatthaddhānaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ upacitattaṃ paññāyati, tasmā cakkhāyatanassa upacayotiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmā ca kammajarūpassapi tasmiṃ samaye vattamānassa viññāṇaṃ pacchājātapaccayena paccayo hoti, tasmāpi evaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi kammajaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānanti dveva santatiyo gahitā, itarāpi pana dve santatiyo gahetabbā. Tāsampi hi viññāṇaṃ paccayo hotiyeva.
254 254. 不过在第四种讨论方式中,因为即使在一个心识刹那之内,眼处等也以四大种色为缘而生起,第六处(意处)以心色为缘而生起,而一切处又都以名为缘,依后生、俱生等方式各自如其所应地生起,所以在那里面问道:“以名色为缘的六处是什么?眼处……”等等。巴利
254. Catutthavāre pana yasmā ekacittakkhaṇepi mahābhūtarūpapaccayā cakkhāyatanādīni, hadayarūpapaccayā chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ, nāmapaccayā ca pacchājātasahajātādivasena yathānurūpaṃ sabbānipi pavattanti, tasmā tattha katamaṃ nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ? Cakkhāyatanantiādi vuttaṃ.
256 在第二组四法中,一切都很清楚。巴利
256. Dutiyacatukke sabbaṃ uttānameva.
264 在第三四法组里,为了分别说明哪些法没有相应缘的关系、哪些法有相应缘的关系,所以这里说:以识为缘的名色,与识相应的名……等等。巴利
264. Tatiyacatukke yassa sampayuttapaccayabhāvo na hoti, yassa ca hoti, taṃ visuṃ visuṃ dassetuṃ idaṃ vuccati viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasampayuttaṃ nāmantiādi vuttaṃ.
272 在第四四法组中,关于“以触为缘的名”的解说,虽然经文里没有直接说“除了触之外,受蕴……乃至……识蕴——这称为以触为缘的名”,但因为紧接着前面的段落解说中已经说了“除了触之外,受蕴……乃至……识蕴”,所以即使这里没有说,也等于已经说了。因为凡是作为触之缘的名,触也正是该名的缘。巴利
272. Catutthacatukke phassapaccayā nāmaniddese kiñcāpi ‘‘ṭhapetvā phassaṃ vedanākkhandho…pe… viññāṇakkhandho – idaṃ vuccati phassapaccayā nāma’’nti na vuttaṃ, tathāpi anantarātītapadaniddese ‘‘ṭhapetvā phassaṃ vedanākkhandho…pe… viññāṇakkhandho’’ti vuttattā avuttampi taṃ vuttameva hoti. Yadeva hi nāmaṃ phassassa paccayo, phassopi tasseva paccayoti.
正如这个以无明为根本的第一种论法,具有四个四法组、分为十六转,在第一个不善心中已经阐明;同样,以行为根本等八种论法也应当这样理解。不过巴利原文是简略的。应当知道,正是在这第一个不善心中,就有九种论法、三十六个四法组、一百四十四转。巴利
Yathā cāyaṃ catucatukko soḷasavārappabhedo avijjāmūlako paṭhamanayo etasmiṃ paṭhamākusalacitte pakāsito, evaṃ saṅkhāramūlakādayo aṭṭha nayāpi veditabbā. Pāḷi pana saṃkhittā. Evameva tasmiṃ paṭhamākusalacitteyeva nava nayā, chattiṃsa catukkāni, catucattālīsādhikañca vārasataṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
280 280. 现在,为了用同样的方法说明其余不善心里的缘起方式,就开始了“哪些法是恶的”等等内容。其中,因为在与邪见不相应的心中没有以渴爱为缘的执取,所以在执取的位置上,用像执取那样强力投入的胜解来补上。又因为在与忧俱行的心中没有以受为缘的渴爱,所以在渴爱的位置上,用像渴爱那样强有力的烦恼——嗔恚来补上;在执取的位置上,只用胜解来补。然而,在与疑相应的心中,由于没有决断,所以也没有胜解,因此在渴爱的位置上,用作为强有力烦恼的疑来补上;执取的位置则缺失了。在与掉举相应的心中,因为有胜解,所以在渴爱的位置上,用强有力烦恼的掉举来补上;在执取的位置上,只用胜解来补。在所有这些情况下,只是显示了差别之后,经文就简略了。而在所显示的这个差别中,只有对胜解的说明是前面没有出现过的,其余的都和前面已经出现的一样。巴利
280. Idāni imināva nayena sesākusalacittesupi paccayākāraṃ dassetuṃ katame dhammā akusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha yasmā diṭṭhivippayuttesu taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ natthi, tasmā upādānaṭṭhāne upādānaṃ viya daḷhanipātinā adhimokkhena padaṃ pūritaṃ. Domanassasahagatesu ca yasmā vedanāpaccayā taṇhāpi natthi, tasmā taṇhāṭṭhāne taṇhā viya balavakilesena paṭighena padaṃ pūritaṃ. Upādānaṭṭhāne adhimokkheneva. Vicikicchāsampayutte pana yasmā sanniṭṭhānābhāvato adhimokkhopi natthi, tasmā taṇhāṭṭhāne balavakilesabhūtāya vicikicchāya padaṃ pūritaṃ. Upādānaṭṭhānaṃ parihīnameva. Uddhaccasampayutte pana yasmā adhimokkho atthi, tasmā taṇhāṭṭhāne balavakilesena uddhaccena padaṃ pūritaṃ. Upādānaṭṭhāne adhimokkheneva. Sabbattheva ca visesamattaṃ dassetvā pāḷi saṃkhittā. Yo cāyaṃ viseso dassito, tattha kevalaṃ adhimokkhaniddesova apubbo. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā āgatameva.
在解说“胜解”时,所谓胜解,就是决意的状态。或者说,心通过它对所缘毫不犹疑地作出决定,所以叫胜解。决意的方式就是决意。因为心对那个所缘已经决意,所以叫“已决意”。在一切心里,都应依照最初心所说的方式,了知方式、四法、回合的分类。只是在与疑相应的心中,因为没有以执取为根本的方式,所以有八种方式、三十二个四法,以及一百二十八个回合。巴利
Adhimokkhaniddese pana adhimuccanavasena adhimokkho. Adhimuccati vā tena ārammaṇe cittaṃ nibbicikicchatāya sanniṭṭhānaṃ gacchatīti adhimokkho. Adhimuccanākāro adhimuccanā. Tassa cittassa, tasmiṃ vā ārammaṇe adhimuttattāti tadadhimuttatā. Sabbacittesu ca paṭhamacitte vuttanayeneva nayacatukkavārappabhedo veditabbo. Kevalañhi vicikicchāsampayutte upādānamūlakassa nayassa abhāvā aṭṭha nayā, dvattiṃsa catukkāni, aṭṭhavīsādhikañca vārasataṃ hotīti.
善法解说的注释巴利
Kusalaniddesavaṇṇanā
292 现在,要用同样的方法来说明善心等当中的缘相,所以开始了“哪些法是善”等的内容。不过,不像在不善那里先列出论母、之后再作解说,这里不是那样。为什么呢?因为在安立的部分存在差异。世间善等这些法属于苦谛,所以安立时说“这样,这整个苦蕴的……”;出世间善等则说“这样,这些法的……”。因此,在这里没办法由于共通性而安立一个共同的论母,所以是逐一诵出各种善等的论母之后,才作了说明。巴利
292. Idāni imināva nayena kusalacittādīsupi paccayākāraṃ dassetuṃ katame dhammā kusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Yathā pana akusale paṭhamaṃ mātikaṃ nikkhipitvā pacchā niddeso kato, na tathā idha. Kasmā? Appanāvāre nānattasambhavato. Lokiyakusalādīsu hi tesaṃ dhammānaṃ dukkhasaccapariyāpannattā ‘‘evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassā’’ti appanā hoti, lokuttarakusalādīsu ‘‘evametesaṃ dhammāna’’nti. Tasmā ettha sādhāraṇato mātikaṃ ṭhapetuṃ na sakkāti pāṭiyekkaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ kusalādīnaṃ mātikaṃ uddisitvāva niddeso katoti.
在这里,因为在一个心刹那中,并没有与善行一起存在的无明,所以就不说它。就像无明是不善法的根一样,善根是善法的根;又因为没有渴爱和执取,所以在渴爱的位置上,说了像渴爱那样沉入所缘的净信;在执取的位置上,说了像执取那样牢固执取、名为胜解的心所。其余部分应当依照前面所说的方式来了知。巴利
Tattha yasmā ekacittakkhaṇe kusalasaṅkhārena saddhiṃ avijjā natthi, tasmā taṃ avatvā, avijjā viya akusalānaṃ, kusalānaṃ mūlato kusalamūlaṃ, taṇhupādānānañca abhāvato taṇhāṭṭhāne taṇhā viya ārammaṇe ajjhogāḷho pasādo, upādānaṭṭhāne upādānaṃ viya daḷhanipātī nāma adhimokkho vutto. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
无记分别的注释巴利
Abyākataniddesavaṇṇanā
306 306. 无记心在前面“心生品”里已经按照它出现的顺序分析过了。而且在所有情况下,都没有以无明为根本的方法。为什么呢?因为在无明该安立的地方,并没有东西可以安立。在善心里,确实有善根可以安立在无明的位置上;但在眼识等里面,就没有。不过,在有因的无记心里虽然有善根,但即便如此,因为在这里已经被截断了,所以那里就没有采用。应当知道,这是像落入五识之流那样而作的教导。巴利
306. Abyākataṃ heṭṭhā cittuppādakaṇḍe āgatapaṭipāṭiyāva vibhattaṃ. Sabbavāresu ca avijjāmūlakā nayā parihīnā. Kasmā? Avijjāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbassa abhāvato. Kusalacittesu hi avijjāṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ kusalamūlaṃ atthi, cakkhuviññāṇādīsu natthi. Sahetukesu pana kiñcāpi atthi, evaṃ santepi idha pacchinnattā tattha na gahitaṃ. Pañcaviññāṇasote sotapatitāva hutvā desanā katāti veditabbā.
在这里,特别要指出的是,在眼识等当中,渴爱的立足处和执取的立足处都不存在。为什么呢?因为没有适合作为渴爱立足处的强力法,而且也没有胜解。在其余的无因心里,只是渴爱的立足处不存在。在有因心里,由于净信存在,所以在渴爱的立足处上,由净信填补了那个位置。如此,在这里,对于善与不善的异熟当中的眼识等,应当了知:以行、识、名、第六处、触、受为根本的各有六种方式;在其余的无因心里,加上以胜解为根本的,各有七种方式;在有因心里,加上以净信为根本的,各有八种方式。巴利
Visesato panettha cakkhuviññāṇādīsu taṇhāṭṭhānaṃ upādānaṭṭhānañca parihīnaṃ. Kasmā? Taṇhāṭṭhānārahassa balavadhammassa abhāvā adhimokkharahitattā ca. Sesāhetukesu taṇhāṭṭhānameva parihīnaṃ. Sahetukesu pasādasabbhāvato taṇhāṭṭhāne pasādena padaṃ pūritaṃ. Evamettha kusalākusalavipākesu cakkhuviññāṇādīsu saṅkhāraviññāṇanāmachaṭṭhāyatanaphassavedanāmūlakā cha cha, sesāhetukesu adhimokkhamūlakena saddhiṃ satta satta, sahetukesu pasādamūlakena saddhiṃ aṭṭha aṭṭha nayā veditabbā.
在这里,眼识等四类里,四个四法中只说了第一分。第二分虽然按缘的差别义可以成立,却没有说。第三分和第四分根本不可能有。因为它们是与色混合的,而眼识等并不能产生色。正如第一个四法中有两分可以成立,其余四法中也一样。因此应当知道,第一个四法中的第二分,以及其余四法中各有两分,虽然没说,也等于已经说了。在其余的无因无记法中,一切四法里所有各分都可以成立。但这里因为被截断,所以后面没有取来,只是针对已落入其中者而作的开示。在其余的有因异熟法中,除了无色界异熟之外,也是同样的道理。因为在无色界异熟里,只有两分可以成立。巴利
Tattha cakkhuviññāṇādīsupi catunnampi catukkānaṃ ādivārova vutto. Dutiyavāro paccayavisesaṭṭhena labbhamānopi na vutto. Tatiyacatutthavārā asambhavatoyeva. Rūpamissakā hi te, na ca cakkhuviññāṇādīni rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpenti. Yathā ca paṭhamacatukke dve vārā labbhanti, evaṃ sesacatukkesupi. Tasmā paṭhamacatukke dutiyavāro, sesacatukkesu ca dve dve vārā avuttāpi vuttāva hontīti veditabbā. Sesāhetukābyākate sabbacatukkesu sabbepi vārā labbhanti. Idha pacchinnattā pana parato na gahitā. Sotapatitāva hutvā desanā katāti. Sesasahetukavipākesupi eseva nayo aññatra arūpāvacaravipākā. Arūpāvacaravipākasmiñhi vāradvayameva labbhatīti.
以无明为根本的善法释义的注解巴利
Avijjāmūlakakusalaniddesavaṇṇanā
334 现在,为了用另一种方式说明在一个心识刹那中的缘起模式,又开始了“哪些是不善法”等内容的阐述。其中,“无明缘”是就亲依止缘来说的。正因为如此,在解释的部分中,没有分开解析“其中,什么是无明”,而是分开解析“其中,什么是无明缘所生的行”。因为被称为善思的行,在那一刻是与心同时生起的,而无明则不是。巴利
334. Idāni aparena pariyāyena ekacittakkhaṇe paccayākāraṃ dassetuṃ puna katame dhammākusalātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha avijjāpaccayāti upanissayapaccayataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Teneva niddesavāre ‘‘tattha katamā avijjā’’ti avibhajitvā ‘‘tattha katamo avijjāpaccayā saṅkhāro’’ti vibhattaṃ. Kusalacetanāsaṅkhāto hi saṅkhāroyeva tasmiṃ samaye cittena sahajāto hoti, na avijjā.
在这里,对于世间善,无明作为缘的方式,和前面经分别里说的一样。不过,因为还没有断除无明的人,是为了断除无明才修习出世间法的,所以对出世间善来说,无明也以被超越的方式作为它的缘。因为只有还有无明的人才会积集善行,没有无明的人不会。在这里,对于三界内的善,既可以以迷惑的方式积集,也可以以超越的修习方式积集;对于出世间善,则是以断除的修习方式积集。其余部分和前面说的一样。巴利
Tattha lokiyakusalassa heṭṭhā suttantabhājanīye vuttanayeneva avijjā paccayo hoti. Yasmā pana appahīnāvijjo avijjāya pahānatthaṃ lokuttaraṃ bhāveti, tasmā tassāpi samatikkamavasena paccayo hoti. Avijjāvatoyeva hi kusalāyūhanaṃ hoti, na itarassa. Tattha tebhūmakakusale sammohavasenapi samatikkamabhāvanāvasenapi āyūhanaṃ labbhati; lokuttare samucchedabhāvanāvasenāti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
不过这里有个差别:前面在每一种善法里,按四个四法的组合方式得到了九法和十六法,但在这里得不到。为什么呢?因为无明并没有和相应法彼此互为缘的关系。在这里,只按亲依止缘得到第一个四法,而且也只是在第一次展示时简略说了。不过,应该把它单独提出来展示。巴利
Ayaṃ pana viseso – yathā heṭṭhā ekekakusale catunnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena nava soḷasakā laddhā, tathā idha na labbhanti. Kasmā? Avijjāya avigatasampayuttaaññamaññapaccayābhāvato. Upanissayavasena panettha paṭhamacatukkameva labbhati. Tampi paṭhamavārameva dassetvā saṃkhittaṃ. Nīharitvā pana dassetabbanti.
善根果报解说的注释巴利
Kusalamūlakavipākaniddesavaṇṇanā
343 现在,为了用另一种方式说明无记法中的缘起,接着开始讲“哪些法是无记”等内容。其中,“以善根为缘”这句话也是就亲依止缘来说的。因为善根是善果报的亲依止缘,不善根是不善果报的亲依止缘;但在异刹那业缘方面,则没有什么可说的。所以,它既是依亲依止缘,也是依异刹那业缘而成为缘。正因如此,在分别的段落中,没有分开解释“其中,什么是善根”,而是分开解释“其中,什么是以善根为缘的行”。在不善果报中,也是同样的道理。巴利
343. Idāni abyākatesupi apareneva nayena paccayākāraṃ dassetuṃ katame dhammā abyākatātiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha kusalamūlapaccayāti idampi upanissayapaccayataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kusalavipākassa hi kusalamūlaṃ , akusalavipākassa ca akusalamūlaṃ upanissayapaccayo hoti; nānākkhaṇikakammapaccaye pana vattabbameva natthi. Tasmā esa upanissayapaccayena ceva nānākkhaṇikakammapaccayena ca paccayo hoti. Teneva niddesavāre ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kusalamūla’’nti avibhajitvā ‘‘tattha katamo kusalamūlapaccayā saṅkhāro’’ti vibhattaṃ. Akusalavipākepi eseva nayo.
在“无明为根本的善[法]分别”里怎样,在这个果报分别里也一样,只取到最初的缘四法这一组。那也只是先显示第一轮之后,就简略说了。因此,在每一种果报心里,应当知道:按每一种四法,在“以善根为根本”和“以不善根为根本”的方式中,有不同轮次的分別。可是,对于唯作诸法,因为无明也好、善根和不善根也好,都不能以亲依止缘的方式成立,所以没有按唯作来说缘起的方式。巴利
Avijjāmūlakakusalaniddese viya ca imasmimpi vipākaniddese paṭhamaṃ paccayacatukkameva labbhati. Tampi paṭhamavāraṃ dassetvā saṃkhittaṃ. Tasmā ekekasmiṃ vipākacitte ekamekasseva catukkassa vasena kusalamūlamūlake akusalamūlamūlake ca naye vārappabhedo veditabbo. Kiriyādhammānaṃ pana yasmā neva avijjā na kusalākusalamūlāni upanissayapaccayataṃ labhanti, tasmā kiriyavasena paccayākāro na vuttoti.
讲完不善、善和无记法的种种差别之后,
不过,对于善与不善的,以及果报,则是依亲依止缘的方式。
接着,最胜论师又用一句话把缘起的运作方式总说了出来;
为了在法缘的种种差别中,生出对智的种种分别。
对于那些偏离了闻、思、修次第的人,
因为在此,智慧的种种分别任何时候都不会生起。
智者始终依照闻、思、修的次第来实践教理。
在那里,不应杀生,因为有比那更应做的事。巴利
Akusalakusalābyākata-dhammesu anekabhedato vatvā; Kusalākusalānaṃ pana, vipāke ca upanissayavasena. Puna ekadhāva vutto, vādippavarena paccayākāro; Dhammappaccayabhede, ñāṇassa pabhedajananatthaṃ. Pariyattisavanacintana-paṭipattikkamavivajjitānañca; Yasmā ñāṇapabhedo, na kadācipi hoti etasmiṃ. Pariyattisavanacintana-paṭipattikkamato sadā dhīro; Tattha kayirā na haññaṃ, karaṇīyataraṃ tato atthīti.
这个缘起模式,是依照经分别和论分别这两种方式,只取两种轮转,加以区分之后才显示出来的。巴利
Ayaṃ pana paccayākāro suttantaabhidhammabhājanīyavasena dveparivaṭṭameva nīharitvā bhājetvā dassito hoti.